author | zecke <zecke> | 2003-04-15 18:54:29 (UTC) |
---|---|---|
committer | zecke <zecke> | 2003-04-15 18:54:29 (UTC) |
commit | dfa2d294b3af09bf3757a3c2294a925093e72fc6 (patch) (unidiff) | |
tree | 4912b4d7c74bf78e6903ec0304625a69580b6ffe /doc | |
parent | f145f985e6635dbee2df3c04a9f2220e36f5512f (diff) | |
download | opie-dfa2d294b3af09bf3757a3c2294a925093e72fc6.zip opie-dfa2d294b3af09bf3757a3c2294a925093e72fc6.tar.gz opie-dfa2d294b3af09bf3757a3c2294a925093e72fc6.tar.bz2 |
Add common web files for our API docu
Add the Doxyfiles for library, libopie, libopie/pim, qt
Add a script to generate our API docs
You need to set OPIEDIR and QTDIR
./generate_apidox and you'll find your APIDOCS inside $OPIEDIR/apidocs
have fun
49 files changed, 6461 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/doc/Doxyfile_libopie b/doc/Doxyfile_libopie new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a2872d --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/Doxyfile_libopie | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,972 @@ | |||
1 | # Doxyfile 1.2.15 | ||
2 | |||
3 | # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system | ||
4 | # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project | ||
5 | # | ||
6 | # All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored | ||
7 | # The format is: | ||
8 | # TAG = value [value, ...] | ||
9 | # For lists items can also be appended using: | ||
10 | # TAG += value [value, ...] | ||
11 | # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") | ||
12 | |||
13 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
14 | # General configuration options | ||
15 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
16 | |||
17 | # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded | ||
18 | # by quotes) that should identify the project. | ||
19 | |||
20 | PROJECT_NAME = | ||
21 | |||
22 | # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. | ||
23 | # This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or | ||
24 | # if some version control system is used. | ||
25 | |||
26 | PROJECT_NUMBER = | ||
27 | |||
28 | # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) | ||
29 | # base path where the generated documentation will be put. | ||
30 | # If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location | ||
31 | # where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. | ||
32 | |||
33 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ../apidocs/ | ||
34 | |||
35 | # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all | ||
36 | # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this | ||
37 | # information to generate all constant output in the proper language. | ||
38 | # The default language is English, other supported languages are: | ||
39 | # Brazilian, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, | ||
40 | # German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, | ||
41 | # Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish and Swedish. | ||
42 | |||
43 | OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English | ||
44 | |||
45 | # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in | ||
46 | # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. | ||
47 | # Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless | ||
48 | # the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES | ||
49 | |||
50 | EXTRACT_ALL = NO | ||
51 | |||
52 | # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class | ||
53 | # will be included in the documentation. | ||
54 | |||
55 | EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO | ||
56 | |||
57 | # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file | ||
58 | # will be included in the documentation. | ||
59 | |||
60 | EXTRACT_STATIC = YES | ||
61 | |||
62 | # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) | ||
63 | # defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. | ||
64 | # If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. | ||
65 | |||
66 | EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = NO | ||
67 | |||
68 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
69 | # undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. | ||
70 | # If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the | ||
71 | # various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. | ||
72 | # This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
73 | |||
74 | HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO | ||
75 | |||
76 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
77 | # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. | ||
78 | # If set to NO (the default) these class will be included in the various | ||
79 | # overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
80 | |||
81 | HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = YES | ||
82 | |||
83 | # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
84 | # include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in | ||
85 | # the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). | ||
86 | # Set to NO to disable this. | ||
87 | |||
88 | BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES | ||
89 | |||
90 | # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend | ||
91 | # the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. | ||
92 | # Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the | ||
93 | # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. | ||
94 | |||
95 | REPEAT_BRIEF = YES | ||
96 | |||
97 | # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then | ||
98 | # Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief | ||
99 | # description. | ||
100 | |||
101 | ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES | ||
102 | |||
103 | # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all inherited | ||
104 | # members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those members were | ||
105 | # ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment operators of | ||
106 | # the base classes will not be shown. | ||
107 | |||
108 | INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO | ||
109 | |||
110 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full | ||
111 | # path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set | ||
112 | # to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. | ||
113 | |||
114 | FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO | ||
115 | |||
116 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag | ||
117 | # can be used to strip a user defined part of the path. Stripping is | ||
118 | # only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of | ||
119 | # the path. It is allowed to use relative paths in the argument list. | ||
120 | |||
121 | STRIP_FROM_PATH = | ||
122 | |||
123 | # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation | ||
124 | # that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set | ||
125 | # to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. | ||
126 | # Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. | ||
127 | |||
128 | INTERNAL_DOCS = NO | ||
129 | |||
130 | # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct | ||
131 | # doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code | ||
132 | # fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. | ||
133 | |||
134 | STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES | ||
135 | |||
136 | # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate | ||
137 | # file names in lower case letters. If set to YES upper case letters are also | ||
138 | # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ | ||
139 | # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows | ||
140 | # users are adviced to set this option to NO. | ||
141 | |||
142 | CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES | ||
143 | |||
144 | # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter | ||
145 | # (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems | ||
146 | # doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. | ||
147 | |||
148 | SHORT_NAMES = NO | ||
149 | |||
150 | # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen | ||
151 | # will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the | ||
152 | # documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. | ||
153 | |||
154 | HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO | ||
155 | |||
156 | # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
157 | # will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for | ||
158 | # which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. | ||
159 | |||
160 | VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES | ||
161 | |||
162 | # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
163 | # will put list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation | ||
164 | # of that file. | ||
165 | |||
166 | SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES | ||
167 | |||
168 | # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen | ||
169 | # will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style | ||
170 | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc | ||
171 | # comments will behave just like the Qt-style comments (thus requiring an | ||
172 | # explict @brief command for a brief description. | ||
173 | |||
174 | JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES | ||
175 | |||
176 | # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented | ||
177 | # member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it | ||
178 | # reimplements. | ||
179 | |||
180 | INHERIT_DOCS = YES | ||
181 | |||
182 | # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] | ||
183 | # is inserted in the documentation for inline members. | ||
184 | |||
185 | INLINE_INFO = YES | ||
186 | |||
187 | # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen | ||
188 | # will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members | ||
189 | # alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in | ||
190 | # declaration order. | ||
191 | |||
192 | SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = NO | ||
193 | |||
194 | # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC | ||
195 | # tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first | ||
196 | # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default | ||
197 | # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. | ||
198 | |||
199 | DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO | ||
200 | |||
201 | # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. | ||
202 | # Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. | ||
203 | |||
204 | TAB_SIZE = 4 | ||
205 | |||
206 | # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
207 | # disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo | ||
208 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
209 | |||
210 | GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO | ||
211 | |||
212 | # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
213 | # disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test | ||
214 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
215 | |||
216 | GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO | ||
217 | |||
218 | # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
219 | # disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug | ||
220 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
221 | |||
222 | GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES | ||
223 | |||
224 | # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts | ||
225 | # as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". | ||
226 | # For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to | ||
227 | # put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which | ||
228 | # will result in a user defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". | ||
229 | # You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. | ||
230 | |||
231 | # @ref in KDE docu are for kdoc, doxygen doesn't need them, so we alias them | ||
232 | # to nothing here | ||
233 | |||
234 | ALIASES = libdoc=@mainpage \ | ||
235 | sect=<p><b> \ | ||
236 | reimplemented= \ | ||
237 | "deprecated=<b>This class or method is obsolete, it is provided for compatibility only.</b>" \ | ||
238 | obsolete=@deprecated \ | ||
239 | ref= | ||
240 | |||
241 | # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional | ||
242 | # documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. | ||
243 | |||
244 | ENABLED_SECTIONS = | ||
245 | |||
246 | # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines | ||
247 | # the initial value of a variable or define consist of for it to appear in | ||
248 | # the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified | ||
249 | # here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. | ||
250 | # The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the | ||
251 | # documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer | ||
252 | # command in the documentation regardless of this setting. | ||
253 | |||
254 | MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 | ||
255 | |||
256 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources | ||
257 | # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. | ||
258 | # For instance some of the names that are used will be different. The list | ||
259 | # of all members will be omitted, etc. | ||
260 | |||
261 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO | ||
262 | |||
263 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java sources | ||
264 | # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for Java. | ||
265 | # For instance namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified scopes | ||
266 | # will look different, etc. | ||
267 | |||
268 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO | ||
269 | |||
270 | # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated | ||
271 | # at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the | ||
272 | # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. | ||
273 | |||
274 | SHOW_USED_FILES = YES | ||
275 | |||
276 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
277 | # configuration options related to warning and progress messages | ||
278 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
279 | |||
280 | # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated | ||
281 | # by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
282 | |||
283 | QUIET = YES | ||
284 | |||
285 | # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are | ||
286 | # generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank | ||
287 | # NO is used. | ||
288 | |||
289 | WARNINGS = YES | ||
290 | |||
291 | # If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings | ||
292 | # for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will | ||
293 | # automatically be disabled. | ||
294 | |||
295 | WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES | ||
296 | |||
297 | # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that | ||
298 | # doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text | ||
299 | # tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the | ||
300 | # warning originated and the warning text. | ||
301 | |||
302 | WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" | ||
303 | |||
304 | # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning | ||
305 | # and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written | ||
306 | # to stderr. | ||
307 | |||
308 | WARN_LOGFILE = Dox-Warning | ||
309 | |||
310 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
311 | # configuration options related to the input files | ||
312 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
313 | |||
314 | # The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain | ||
315 | # documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or | ||
316 | # directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories | ||
317 | # with spaces. | ||
318 | |||
319 | INPUT = | ||
320 | |||
321 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
322 | # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
323 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
324 | # blank the following patterns are tested: | ||
325 | # *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx *.hpp | ||
326 | # *.h++ *.idl *.odl | ||
327 | |||
328 | FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ | ||
329 | *.cpp \ | ||
330 | *.cc \ | ||
331 | *.hpp | ||
332 | |||
333 | # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories | ||
334 | # should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. | ||
335 | # If left blank NO is used. | ||
336 | |||
337 | RECURSIVE = NO | ||
338 | |||
339 | # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should | ||
340 | # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a | ||
341 | # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. | ||
342 | |||
343 | EXCLUDE = | ||
344 | |||
345 | # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or directories | ||
346 | # that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded from the input. | ||
347 | |||
348 | EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO | ||
349 | |||
350 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
351 | # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude | ||
352 | # certain files from those directories. | ||
353 | |||
354 | EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = *.moc.* \ | ||
355 | moc* \ | ||
356 | *.all_cpp.* \ | ||
357 | *unload.* \ | ||
358 | */test/* \ | ||
359 | */tests/* | ||
360 | |||
361 | # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
362 | # directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see | ||
363 | # the \include command). | ||
364 | |||
365 | EXAMPLE_PATH = | ||
366 | |||
367 | # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
368 | # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
369 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
370 | # blank all files are included. | ||
371 | |||
372 | EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = | ||
373 | |||
374 | # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be | ||
375 | # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude | ||
376 | # commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. | ||
377 | # Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
378 | |||
379 | EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO | ||
380 | |||
381 | # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
382 | # directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see | ||
383 | # the \image command). | ||
384 | |||
385 | IMAGE_PATH = | ||
386 | |||
387 | # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should | ||
388 | # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program | ||
389 | # by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> | ||
390 | # is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an | ||
391 | # input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes | ||
392 | # to standard output. | ||
393 | |||
394 | INPUT_FILTER = | ||
395 | |||
396 | # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using | ||
397 | # INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source | ||
398 | # files to browse. | ||
399 | |||
400 | FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO | ||
401 | |||
402 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
403 | # configuration options related to source browsing | ||
404 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
405 | |||
406 | # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will | ||
407 | # be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. | ||
408 | |||
409 | SOURCE_BROWSER = YES | ||
410 | |||
411 | # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body | ||
412 | # of functions and classes directly in the documentation. | ||
413 | |||
414 | INLINE_SOURCES = NO | ||
415 | |||
416 | # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
417 | # then for each documented function all documented | ||
418 | # functions referencing it will be listed. | ||
419 | |||
420 | REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES | ||
421 | |||
422 | # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
423 | # then for each documented function all documented entities | ||
424 | # called/used by that function will be listed. | ||
425 | |||
426 | REFERENCES_RELATION = YES | ||
427 | |||
428 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
429 | # configuration options related to the alphabetical class index | ||
430 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
431 | |||
432 | # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index | ||
433 | # of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project | ||
434 | # contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. | ||
435 | |||
436 | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES | ||
437 | |||
438 | # If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then | ||
439 | # the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns | ||
440 | # in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) | ||
441 | |||
442 | COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 3 | ||
443 | |||
444 | # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all | ||
445 | # classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. | ||
446 | # The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that | ||
447 | # should be ignored while generating the index headers. | ||
448 | |||
449 | IGNORE_PREFIX = K | ||
450 | |||
451 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
452 | # configuration options related to the HTML output | ||
453 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
454 | |||
455 | # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
456 | # generate HTML output. | ||
457 | |||
458 | GENERATE_HTML = NO | ||
459 | |||
460 | # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. | ||
461 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
462 | # put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. | ||
463 | |||
464 | HTML_OUTPUT = | ||
465 | |||
466 | # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for | ||
467 | # each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank | ||
468 | # doxygen will generate files with .html extension. | ||
469 | |||
470 | HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html | ||
471 | |||
472 | # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for | ||
473 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
474 | # standard header. | ||
475 | |||
476 | HTML_HEADER = ../apidocs/common/header.html | ||
477 | |||
478 | # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for | ||
479 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
480 | # standard footer. | ||
481 | |||
482 | HTML_FOOTER = ../apidocs/common/footer.html | ||
483 | |||
484 | # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user defined cascading | ||
485 | # style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to | ||
486 | # fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen | ||
487 | # will generate a default style sheet | ||
488 | |||
489 | HTML_STYLESHEET = ../apidocs/common/doxygen.css | ||
490 | |||
491 | # If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, | ||
492 | # files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to | ||
493 | # NO a bullet list will be used. | ||
494 | |||
495 | HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES | ||
496 | |||
497 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files | ||
498 | # will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the | ||
499 | # Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compressed HTML help file (.chm) | ||
500 | # of the generated HTML documentation. | ||
501 | |||
502 | GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO | ||
503 | |||
504 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag | ||
505 | # controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that | ||
506 | # it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). | ||
507 | |||
508 | GENERATE_CHI = NO | ||
509 | |||
510 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag | ||
511 | # controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a | ||
512 | # normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. | ||
513 | |||
514 | BINARY_TOC = NO | ||
515 | |||
516 | # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members | ||
517 | # to the contents of the Html help documentation and to the tree view. | ||
518 | |||
519 | TOC_EXPAND = NO | ||
520 | |||
521 | # The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at | ||
522 | # top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and | ||
523 | # the value YES disables it. | ||
524 | |||
525 | DISABLE_INDEX = YES | ||
526 | |||
527 | # This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) | ||
528 | # that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. | ||
529 | |||
530 | ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 | ||
531 | |||
532 | # If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be | ||
533 | # generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that | ||
534 | # is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports | ||
535 | # JavaScript and frames is required (for instance Mozilla, Netscape 4.0+, | ||
536 | # or Internet explorer 4.0+). Note that for large projects the tree generation | ||
537 | # can take a very long time. In such cases it is better to disable this feature. | ||
538 | # Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. | ||
539 | |||
540 | GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO | ||
541 | |||
542 | # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be | ||
543 | # used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree | ||
544 | # is shown. | ||
545 | |||
546 | TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 | ||
547 | |||
548 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
549 | # configuration options related to the LaTeX output | ||
550 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
551 | |||
552 | # If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
553 | # generate Latex output. | ||
554 | |||
555 | GENERATE_LATEX = NO | ||
556 | |||
557 | # The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. | ||
558 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
559 | # put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. | ||
560 | |||
561 | LATEX_OUTPUT = | ||
562 | |||
563 | # The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. | ||
564 | |||
565 | LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex | ||
566 | |||
567 | # The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to | ||
568 | # generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the | ||
569 | # default command name. | ||
570 | |||
571 | MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex | ||
572 | |||
573 | # If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
574 | # LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
575 | # save some trees in general. | ||
576 | |||
577 | COMPACT_LATEX = NO | ||
578 | |||
579 | # The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used | ||
580 | # by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and | ||
581 | # executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. | ||
582 | |||
583 | PAPER_TYPE = a4wide | ||
584 | |||
585 | # The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX | ||
586 | # packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. | ||
587 | |||
588 | EXTRA_PACKAGES = | ||
589 | |||
590 | # The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for | ||
591 | # the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until | ||
592 | # the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
593 | # standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | ||
594 | |||
595 | LATEX_HEADER = | ||
596 | |||
597 | # If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated | ||
598 | # is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will | ||
599 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references | ||
600 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. | ||
601 | |||
602 | PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
603 | |||
604 | # If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of | ||
605 | # plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a | ||
606 | # higher quality PDF documentation. | ||
607 | |||
608 | USE_PDFLATEX = NO | ||
609 | |||
610 | # If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. | ||
611 | # command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep | ||
612 | # running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. | ||
613 | # This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. | ||
614 | |||
615 | LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO | ||
616 | |||
617 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
618 | # configuration options related to the RTF output | ||
619 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
620 | |||
621 | # If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output | ||
622 | # The RTF output is optimised for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with | ||
623 | # other RTF readers or editors. | ||
624 | |||
625 | GENERATE_RTF = NO | ||
626 | |||
627 | # The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. | ||
628 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
629 | # put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. | ||
630 | |||
631 | RTF_OUTPUT = | ||
632 | |||
633 | # If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
634 | # RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
635 | # save some trees in general. | ||
636 | |||
637 | COMPACT_RTF = NO | ||
638 | |||
639 | # If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated | ||
640 | # will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will | ||
641 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. | ||
642 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other | ||
643 | # programs which support those fields. | ||
644 | # Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. | ||
645 | |||
646 | RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
647 | |||
648 | # Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's | ||
649 | # config file, i.e. a series of assigments. You only have to provide | ||
650 | # replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. | ||
651 | |||
652 | RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = | ||
653 | |||
654 | # Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. | ||
655 | # Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. | ||
656 | |||
657 | RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = | ||
658 | |||
659 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
660 | # configuration options related to the man page output | ||
661 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
662 | |||
663 | # If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
664 | # generate man pages | ||
665 | |||
666 | GENERATE_MAN = NO | ||
667 | |||
668 | # The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. | ||
669 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
670 | # put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. | ||
671 | |||
672 | MAN_OUTPUT = | ||
673 | |||
674 | # The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to | ||
675 | # the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) | ||
676 | |||
677 | MAN_EXTENSION = .kde3 | ||
678 | |||
679 | # If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, | ||
680 | # then it will generate one additional man file for each entity | ||
681 | # documented in the real man page(s). These additional files | ||
682 | # only source the real man page, but without them the man command | ||
683 | # would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. | ||
684 | |||
685 | MAN_LINKS = YES | ||
686 | |||
687 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
688 | # configuration options related to the XML output | ||
689 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
690 | |||
691 | # If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
692 | # generate an XML file that captures the structure of | ||
693 | # the code including all documentation. Note that this | ||
694 | # feature is still experimental and incomplete at the | ||
695 | # moment. | ||
696 | |||
697 | GENERATE_XML = NO | ||
698 | |||
699 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
700 | # configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output | ||
701 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
702 | |||
703 | # If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
704 | # generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file | ||
705 | # that captures the structure of the code including all | ||
706 | # documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental | ||
707 | # and incomplete at the moment. | ||
708 | |||
709 | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO | ||
710 | |||
711 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
712 | # Configuration options related to the preprocessor | ||
713 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
714 | |||
715 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
716 | # evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include | ||
717 | # files. | ||
718 | |||
719 | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES | ||
720 | |||
721 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro | ||
722 | # names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional | ||
723 | # compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled | ||
724 | # way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. | ||
725 | |||
726 | MACRO_EXPANSION = NO | ||
727 | |||
728 | # If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES | ||
729 | # then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the | ||
730 | # PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_PREDEFINED tags. | ||
731 | |||
732 | EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO | ||
733 | |||
734 | # If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files | ||
735 | # in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. | ||
736 | |||
737 | SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES | ||
738 | |||
739 | # The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
740 | # contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by | ||
741 | # the preprocessor. | ||
742 | |||
743 | INCLUDE_PATH = | ||
744 | |||
745 | # You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard | ||
746 | # patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the | ||
747 | # directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will | ||
748 | # be used. | ||
749 | |||
750 | INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = | ||
751 | |||
752 | # The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that | ||
753 | # are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of | ||
754 | # gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name | ||
755 | # or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are | ||
756 | # omitted =1 is assumed. | ||
757 | |||
758 | PREDEFINED = QT_VERSION=305 | ||
759 | |||
760 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_PREDEF_ONLY tags are set to YES then | ||
761 | # this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. | ||
762 | # The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. | ||
763 | # Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. | ||
764 | |||
765 | EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = | ||
766 | |||
767 | # If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then | ||
768 | # doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone | ||
769 | # on a line and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros are typically | ||
770 | # used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not removed. | ||
771 | |||
772 | SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES | ||
773 | |||
774 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
775 | # Configuration::addtions related to external references | ||
776 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
777 | |||
778 | # The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. | ||
779 | |||
780 | TAGFILES = | ||
781 | |||
782 | # When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create | ||
783 | # a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. | ||
784 | |||
785 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = | ||
786 | |||
787 | # If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed | ||
788 | # in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes | ||
789 | # will be listed. | ||
790 | |||
791 | ALLEXTERNALS = NO | ||
792 | |||
793 | # If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed | ||
794 | # in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will | ||
795 | # be listed. | ||
796 | |||
797 | EXTERNAL_GROUPS = NO | ||
798 | |||
799 | # The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script | ||
800 | # interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). | ||
801 | |||
802 | PERL_PATH = | ||
803 | |||
804 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
805 | # Configuration options related to the dot tool | ||
806 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
807 | |||
808 | # If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
809 | # generate a inheritance diagram (in Html, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base or | ||
810 | # super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this | ||
811 | # option is superceded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a fallback. It is | ||
812 | # recommended to install and use dot, since it yield more powerful graphs. | ||
813 | |||
814 | CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES | ||
815 | |||
816 | # If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is | ||
817 | # available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization | ||
818 | # toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section | ||
819 | # have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) | ||
820 | |||
821 | HAVE_DOT = NO | ||
822 | |||
823 | # If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
824 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
825 | # indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the | ||
826 | # the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. | ||
827 | |||
828 | CLASS_GRAPH = YES | ||
829 | |||
830 | # If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
831 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
832 | # indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and | ||
833 | # class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. | ||
834 | |||
835 | COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES | ||
836 | |||
837 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the | ||
838 | # relations between templates and their instances. | ||
839 | |||
840 | TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES | ||
841 | |||
842 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide | ||
843 | # inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented | ||
844 | # or is not a class. | ||
845 | |||
846 | HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = NO | ||
847 | |||
848 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT | ||
849 | # tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented | ||
850 | # file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with | ||
851 | # other documented files. | ||
852 | |||
853 | INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES | ||
854 | |||
855 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and | ||
856 | # HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each | ||
857 | # documented header file showing the documented files that directly or | ||
858 | # indirectly include this file. | ||
859 | |||
860 | INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES | ||
861 | |||
862 | # If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
863 | # will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. | ||
864 | |||
865 | GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO | ||
866 | |||
867 | # The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images | ||
868 | # generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif | ||
869 | # If left blank png will be used. | ||
870 | |||
871 | DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png | ||
872 | |||
873 | # The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be | ||
874 | # found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found on the path. | ||
875 | |||
876 | DOT_PATH = | ||
877 | |||
878 | # The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
879 | # contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the | ||
880 | # \dotfile command). | ||
881 | |||
882 | DOTFILE_DIRS = | ||
883 | |||
884 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH tag can be used to set the maximum allowed width | ||
885 | # (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than | ||
886 | # this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within | ||
887 | # the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very | ||
888 | # large images. | ||
889 | |||
890 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH = 800 | ||
891 | |||
892 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT tag can be used to set the maximum allows height | ||
893 | # (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than | ||
894 | # this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within | ||
895 | # the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very | ||
896 | # large images. | ||
897 | |||
898 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT = 1024 | ||
899 | |||
900 | # If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
901 | # generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and | ||
902 | # arrows in the dot generated graphs. | ||
903 | |||
904 | GENERATE_LEGEND = YES | ||
905 | |||
906 | # If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
907 | # remove the intermedate dot files that are used to generate | ||
908 | # the various graphs. | ||
909 | |||
910 | DOT_CLEANUP = YES | ||
911 | |||
912 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
913 | # Configuration::addtions related to the search engine | ||
914 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
915 | |||
916 | # The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be | ||
917 | # used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. | ||
918 | |||
919 | SEARCHENGINE = NO | ||
920 | |||
921 | # The CGI_NAME tag should be the name of the CGI script that | ||
922 | # starts the search engine (doxysearch) with the correct parameters. | ||
923 | # A script with this name will be generated by doxygen. | ||
924 | |||
925 | CGI_NAME = | ||
926 | |||
927 | # The CGI_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the | ||
928 | # cgi binaries are located. See the documentation of your http daemon for | ||
929 | # details. | ||
930 | |||
931 | CGI_URL = | ||
932 | |||
933 | # The DOC_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the | ||
934 | # documentation is located. If left blank the absolute path to the | ||
935 | # documentation, with file:// prepended to it, will be used. | ||
936 | |||
937 | DOC_URL = | ||
938 | |||
939 | # The DOC_ABSPATH tag should be the absolute path to the directory where the | ||
940 | # documentation is located. If left blank the directory on the local machine | ||
941 | # will be used. | ||
942 | |||
943 | DOC_ABSPATH = | ||
944 | |||
945 | # The BIN_ABSPATH tag must point to the directory where the doxysearch binary | ||
946 | # is installed. | ||
947 | |||
948 | BIN_ABSPATH = | ||
949 | |||
950 | # The EXT_DOC_PATHS tag can be used to specify one or more paths to | ||
951 | # documentation generated for other projects. This allows doxysearch to search | ||
952 | # the documentation for these projects as well. | ||
953 | |||
954 | EXT_DOC_PATHS = | ||
955 | PROJECT_NAME = "libopie" | ||
956 | PROJECT_NUMBER = "Version 0.9.3" | ||
957 | INPUT = . | ||
958 | IMAGE_PATH = ../apidocs/api | ||
959 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ../apidocs | ||
960 | HTML_OUTPUT = libopie/html | ||
961 | LATEX_OUTPUT = libopie/latex | ||
962 | RTF_OUTPUT = libopie/rtf | ||
963 | MAN_OUTPUT = libopie/man | ||
964 | GENERATE_HTML = yes | ||
965 | GENERATE_MAN = yes | ||
966 | GENERATE_LATEX = yes | ||
967 | TAGFILES = \ | ||
968 | ../apidocs/qt/qt.tag=../../qt \ | ||
969 | ../apidocs/libqpe/libqpe.tag=../../libqpe/html | ||
970 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = ../apidocs/libopie/libopie.tag | ||
971 | IGNORE_PREFIX = O | ||
972 | HAVE_DOT = YES | ||
diff --git a/doc/Doxyfile_libqpe b/doc/Doxyfile_libqpe new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a26a8b0 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/Doxyfile_libqpe | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,971 @@ | |||
1 | # Doxyfile 1.2.15 | ||
2 | |||
3 | # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system | ||
4 | # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project | ||
5 | # | ||
6 | # All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored | ||
7 | # The format is: | ||
8 | # TAG = value [value, ...] | ||
9 | # For lists items can also be appended using: | ||
10 | # TAG += value [value, ...] | ||
11 | # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") | ||
12 | |||
13 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
14 | # General configuration options | ||
15 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
16 | |||
17 | # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded | ||
18 | # by quotes) that should identify the project. | ||
19 | |||
20 | PROJECT_NAME = Qtopia Libs | ||
21 | |||
22 | # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. | ||
23 | # This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or | ||
24 | # if some version control system is used. | ||
25 | |||
26 | PROJECT_NUMBER = | ||
27 | |||
28 | # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) | ||
29 | # base path where the generated documentation will be put. | ||
30 | # If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location | ||
31 | # where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. | ||
32 | |||
33 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ../apidocs/ | ||
34 | |||
35 | # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all | ||
36 | # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this | ||
37 | # information to generate all constant output in the proper language. | ||
38 | # The default language is English, other supported languages are: | ||
39 | # Brazilian, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, | ||
40 | # German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, | ||
41 | # Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish and Swedish. | ||
42 | |||
43 | OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English | ||
44 | |||
45 | # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in | ||
46 | # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. | ||
47 | # Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless | ||
48 | # the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES | ||
49 | |||
50 | EXTRACT_ALL = NO | ||
51 | |||
52 | # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class | ||
53 | # will be included in the documentation. | ||
54 | |||
55 | EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO | ||
56 | |||
57 | # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file | ||
58 | # will be included in the documentation. | ||
59 | |||
60 | EXTRACT_STATIC = YES | ||
61 | |||
62 | # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) | ||
63 | # defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. | ||
64 | # If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. | ||
65 | |||
66 | EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = NO | ||
67 | |||
68 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
69 | # undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. | ||
70 | # If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the | ||
71 | # various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. | ||
72 | # This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
73 | |||
74 | HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO | ||
75 | |||
76 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
77 | # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. | ||
78 | # If set to NO (the default) these class will be included in the various | ||
79 | # overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
80 | |||
81 | HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = YES | ||
82 | |||
83 | # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
84 | # include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in | ||
85 | # the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). | ||
86 | # Set to NO to disable this. | ||
87 | |||
88 | BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES | ||
89 | |||
90 | # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend | ||
91 | # the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. | ||
92 | # Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the | ||
93 | # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. | ||
94 | |||
95 | REPEAT_BRIEF = YES | ||
96 | |||
97 | # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then | ||
98 | # Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief | ||
99 | # description. | ||
100 | |||
101 | ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES | ||
102 | |||
103 | # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all inherited | ||
104 | # members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those members were | ||
105 | # ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment operators of | ||
106 | # the base classes will not be shown. | ||
107 | |||
108 | INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO | ||
109 | |||
110 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full | ||
111 | # path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set | ||
112 | # to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. | ||
113 | |||
114 | FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO | ||
115 | |||
116 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag | ||
117 | # can be used to strip a user defined part of the path. Stripping is | ||
118 | # only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of | ||
119 | # the path. It is allowed to use relative paths in the argument list. | ||
120 | |||
121 | STRIP_FROM_PATH = | ||
122 | |||
123 | # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation | ||
124 | # that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set | ||
125 | # to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. | ||
126 | # Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. | ||
127 | |||
128 | INTERNAL_DOCS = NO | ||
129 | |||
130 | # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct | ||
131 | # doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code | ||
132 | # fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. | ||
133 | |||
134 | STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES | ||
135 | |||
136 | # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate | ||
137 | # file names in lower case letters. If set to YES upper case letters are also | ||
138 | # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ | ||
139 | # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows | ||
140 | # users are adviced to set this option to NO. | ||
141 | |||
142 | CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES | ||
143 | |||
144 | # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter | ||
145 | # (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems | ||
146 | # doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. | ||
147 | |||
148 | SHORT_NAMES = NO | ||
149 | |||
150 | # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen | ||
151 | # will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the | ||
152 | # documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. | ||
153 | |||
154 | HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO | ||
155 | |||
156 | # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
157 | # will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for | ||
158 | # which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. | ||
159 | |||
160 | VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES | ||
161 | |||
162 | # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
163 | # will put list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation | ||
164 | # of that file. | ||
165 | |||
166 | SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES | ||
167 | |||
168 | # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen | ||
169 | # will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style | ||
170 | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc | ||
171 | # comments will behave just like the Qt-style comments (thus requiring an | ||
172 | # explict @brief command for a brief description. | ||
173 | |||
174 | JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES | ||
175 | |||
176 | # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented | ||
177 | # member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it | ||
178 | # reimplements. | ||
179 | |||
180 | INHERIT_DOCS = YES | ||
181 | |||
182 | # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] | ||
183 | # is inserted in the documentation for inline members. | ||
184 | |||
185 | INLINE_INFO = YES | ||
186 | |||
187 | # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen | ||
188 | # will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members | ||
189 | # alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in | ||
190 | # declaration order. | ||
191 | |||
192 | SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = NO | ||
193 | |||
194 | # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC | ||
195 | # tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first | ||
196 | # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default | ||
197 | # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. | ||
198 | |||
199 | DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO | ||
200 | |||
201 | # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. | ||
202 | # Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. | ||
203 | |||
204 | TAB_SIZE = 4 | ||
205 | |||
206 | # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
207 | # disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo | ||
208 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
209 | |||
210 | GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES | ||
211 | |||
212 | # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
213 | # disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test | ||
214 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
215 | |||
216 | GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES | ||
217 | |||
218 | # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
219 | # disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug | ||
220 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
221 | |||
222 | GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES | ||
223 | |||
224 | # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts | ||
225 | # as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". | ||
226 | # For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to | ||
227 | # put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which | ||
228 | # will result in a user defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". | ||
229 | # You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. | ||
230 | |||
231 | # @ref in KDE docu are for kdoc, doxygen doesn't need them, so we alias them | ||
232 | # to nothing here | ||
233 | |||
234 | ALIASES = libdoc=@mainpage \ | ||
235 | sect=<p><b> \ | ||
236 | reimplemented= \ | ||
237 | "deprecated=<b>This class or method is obsolete, it is provided for compatibility only.</b>" \ | ||
238 | obsolete=@deprecated \ | ||
239 | ref= | ||
240 | |||
241 | # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional | ||
242 | # documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. | ||
243 | |||
244 | ENABLED_SECTIONS = | ||
245 | |||
246 | # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines | ||
247 | # the initial value of a variable or define consist of for it to appear in | ||
248 | # the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified | ||
249 | # here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. | ||
250 | # The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the | ||
251 | # documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer | ||
252 | # command in the documentation regardless of this setting. | ||
253 | |||
254 | MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 | ||
255 | |||
256 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources | ||
257 | # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. | ||
258 | # For instance some of the names that are used will be different. The list | ||
259 | # of all members will be omitted, etc. | ||
260 | |||
261 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO | ||
262 | |||
263 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java sources | ||
264 | # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for Java. | ||
265 | # For instance namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified scopes | ||
266 | # will look different, etc. | ||
267 | |||
268 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO | ||
269 | |||
270 | # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated | ||
271 | # at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the | ||
272 | # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. | ||
273 | |||
274 | SHOW_USED_FILES = YES | ||
275 | |||
276 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
277 | # configuration options related to warning and progress messages | ||
278 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
279 | |||
280 | # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated | ||
281 | # by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
282 | |||
283 | QUIET = YES | ||
284 | |||
285 | # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are | ||
286 | # generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank | ||
287 | # NO is used. | ||
288 | |||
289 | WARNINGS = YES | ||
290 | |||
291 | # If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings | ||
292 | # for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will | ||
293 | # automatically be disabled. | ||
294 | |||
295 | WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES | ||
296 | |||
297 | # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that | ||
298 | # doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text | ||
299 | # tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the | ||
300 | # warning originated and the warning text. | ||
301 | |||
302 | WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" | ||
303 | |||
304 | # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning | ||
305 | # and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written | ||
306 | # to stderr. | ||
307 | |||
308 | WARN_LOGFILE = Dox-Warnings | ||
309 | |||
310 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
311 | # configuration options related to the input files | ||
312 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
313 | |||
314 | # The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain | ||
315 | # documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or | ||
316 | # directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories | ||
317 | # with spaces. | ||
318 | |||
319 | INPUT = | ||
320 | |||
321 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
322 | # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
323 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
324 | # blank the following patterns are tested: | ||
325 | # *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx *.hpp | ||
326 | # *.h++ *.idl *.odl | ||
327 | |||
328 | FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ | ||
329 | *.cpp \ | ||
330 | *.cc \ | ||
331 | *.hpp | ||
332 | |||
333 | # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories | ||
334 | # should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. | ||
335 | # If left blank NO is used. | ||
336 | |||
337 | RECURSIVE = YES | ||
338 | |||
339 | # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should | ||
340 | # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a | ||
341 | # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. | ||
342 | |||
343 | EXCLUDE = | ||
344 | |||
345 | # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or directories | ||
346 | # that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded from the input. | ||
347 | |||
348 | EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO | ||
349 | |||
350 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
351 | # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude | ||
352 | # certain files from those directories. | ||
353 | |||
354 | EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = *.moc.* \ | ||
355 | moc* \ | ||
356 | *.all_cpp.* \ | ||
357 | *unload.* \ | ||
358 | */test/* \ | ||
359 | */tests/* | ||
360 | |||
361 | # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
362 | # directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see | ||
363 | # the \include command). | ||
364 | |||
365 | EXAMPLE_PATH = | ||
366 | |||
367 | # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
368 | # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
369 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
370 | # blank all files are included. | ||
371 | |||
372 | EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = | ||
373 | |||
374 | # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be | ||
375 | # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude | ||
376 | # commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. | ||
377 | # Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
378 | |||
379 | EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO | ||
380 | |||
381 | # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
382 | # directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see | ||
383 | # the \image command). | ||
384 | |||
385 | IMAGE_PATH = | ||
386 | |||
387 | # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should | ||
388 | # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program | ||
389 | # by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> | ||
390 | # is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an | ||
391 | # input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes | ||
392 | # to standard output. | ||
393 | |||
394 | INPUT_FILTER = | ||
395 | |||
396 | # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using | ||
397 | # INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source | ||
398 | # files to browse. | ||
399 | |||
400 | FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO | ||
401 | |||
402 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
403 | # configuration options related to source browsing | ||
404 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
405 | |||
406 | # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will | ||
407 | # be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. | ||
408 | |||
409 | SOURCE_BROWSER = YES | ||
410 | |||
411 | # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body | ||
412 | # of functions and classes directly in the documentation. | ||
413 | |||
414 | INLINE_SOURCES = NO | ||
415 | |||
416 | # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
417 | # then for each documented function all documented | ||
418 | # functions referencing it will be listed. | ||
419 | |||
420 | REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES | ||
421 | |||
422 | # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
423 | # then for each documented function all documented entities | ||
424 | # called/used by that function will be listed. | ||
425 | |||
426 | REFERENCES_RELATION = YES | ||
427 | |||
428 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
429 | # configuration options related to the alphabetical class index | ||
430 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
431 | |||
432 | # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index | ||
433 | # of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project | ||
434 | # contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. | ||
435 | |||
436 | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES | ||
437 | |||
438 | # If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then | ||
439 | # the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns | ||
440 | # in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) | ||
441 | |||
442 | COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 3 | ||
443 | |||
444 | # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all | ||
445 | # classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. | ||
446 | # The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that | ||
447 | # should be ignored while generating the index headers. | ||
448 | |||
449 | IGNORE_PREFIX = O | ||
450 | |||
451 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
452 | # configuration options related to the HTML output | ||
453 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
454 | |||
455 | # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
456 | # generate HTML output. | ||
457 | |||
458 | GENERATE_HTML = NO | ||
459 | |||
460 | # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. | ||
461 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
462 | # put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. | ||
463 | |||
464 | HTML_OUTPUT = | ||
465 | |||
466 | # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for | ||
467 | # each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank | ||
468 | # doxygen will generate files with .html extension. | ||
469 | |||
470 | HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html | ||
471 | |||
472 | # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for | ||
473 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
474 | # standard header. | ||
475 | |||
476 | HTML_HEADER = ../apidocs/common/header.html | ||
477 | |||
478 | # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for | ||
479 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
480 | # standard footer. | ||
481 | |||
482 | HTML_FOOTER = ../apidocs/common/footer.html | ||
483 | |||
484 | # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user defined cascading | ||
485 | # style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to | ||
486 | # fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen | ||
487 | # will generate a default style sheet | ||
488 | |||
489 | HTML_STYLESHEET = ../apidocs/common/doxygen.css | ||
490 | |||
491 | # If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, | ||
492 | # files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to | ||
493 | # NO a bullet list will be used. | ||
494 | |||
495 | HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES | ||
496 | |||
497 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files | ||
498 | # will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the | ||
499 | # Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compressed HTML help file (.chm) | ||
500 | # of the generated HTML documentation. | ||
501 | |||
502 | GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO | ||
503 | |||
504 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag | ||
505 | # controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that | ||
506 | # it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). | ||
507 | |||
508 | GENERATE_CHI = NO | ||
509 | |||
510 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag | ||
511 | # controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a | ||
512 | # normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. | ||
513 | |||
514 | BINARY_TOC = NO | ||
515 | |||
516 | # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members | ||
517 | # to the contents of the Html help documentation and to the tree view. | ||
518 | |||
519 | TOC_EXPAND = NO | ||
520 | |||
521 | # The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at | ||
522 | # top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and | ||
523 | # the value YES disables it. | ||
524 | |||
525 | DISABLE_INDEX = YES | ||
526 | |||
527 | # This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) | ||
528 | # that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. | ||
529 | |||
530 | ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 | ||
531 | |||
532 | # If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be | ||
533 | # generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that | ||
534 | # is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports | ||
535 | # JavaScript and frames is required (for instance Mozilla, Netscape 4.0+, | ||
536 | # or Internet explorer 4.0+). Note that for large projects the tree generation | ||
537 | # can take a very long time. In such cases it is better to disable this feature. | ||
538 | # Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. | ||
539 | |||
540 | GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO | ||
541 | |||
542 | # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be | ||
543 | # used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree | ||
544 | # is shown. | ||
545 | |||
546 | TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 | ||
547 | |||
548 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
549 | # configuration options related to the LaTeX output | ||
550 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
551 | |||
552 | # If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
553 | # generate Latex output. | ||
554 | |||
555 | GENERATE_LATEX = NO | ||
556 | |||
557 | # The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. | ||
558 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
559 | # put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. | ||
560 | |||
561 | LATEX_OUTPUT = | ||
562 | |||
563 | # The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. | ||
564 | |||
565 | LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex | ||
566 | |||
567 | # The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to | ||
568 | # generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the | ||
569 | # default command name. | ||
570 | |||
571 | MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex | ||
572 | |||
573 | # If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
574 | # LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
575 | # save some trees in general. | ||
576 | |||
577 | COMPACT_LATEX = NO | ||
578 | |||
579 | # The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used | ||
580 | # by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and | ||
581 | # executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. | ||
582 | |||
583 | PAPER_TYPE = a4wide | ||
584 | |||
585 | # The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX | ||
586 | # packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. | ||
587 | |||
588 | EXTRA_PACKAGES = | ||
589 | |||
590 | # The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for | ||
591 | # the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until | ||
592 | # the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
593 | # standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | ||
594 | |||
595 | LATEX_HEADER = | ||
596 | |||
597 | # If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated | ||
598 | # is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will | ||
599 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references | ||
600 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. | ||
601 | |||
602 | PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
603 | |||
604 | # If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of | ||
605 | # plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a | ||
606 | # higher quality PDF documentation. | ||
607 | |||
608 | USE_PDFLATEX = NO | ||
609 | |||
610 | # If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. | ||
611 | # command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep | ||
612 | # running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. | ||
613 | # This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. | ||
614 | |||
615 | LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO | ||
616 | |||
617 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
618 | # configuration options related to the RTF output | ||
619 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
620 | |||
621 | # If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output | ||
622 | # The RTF output is optimised for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with | ||
623 | # other RTF readers or editors. | ||
624 | |||
625 | GENERATE_RTF = NO | ||
626 | |||
627 | # The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. | ||
628 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
629 | # put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. | ||
630 | |||
631 | RTF_OUTPUT = | ||
632 | |||
633 | # If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
634 | # RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
635 | # save some trees in general. | ||
636 | |||
637 | COMPACT_RTF = NO | ||
638 | |||
639 | # If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated | ||
640 | # will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will | ||
641 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. | ||
642 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other | ||
643 | # programs which support those fields. | ||
644 | # Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. | ||
645 | |||
646 | RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
647 | |||
648 | # Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's | ||
649 | # config file, i.e. a series of assigments. You only have to provide | ||
650 | # replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. | ||
651 | |||
652 | RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = | ||
653 | |||
654 | # Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. | ||
655 | # Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. | ||
656 | |||
657 | RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = | ||
658 | |||
659 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
660 | # configuration options related to the man page output | ||
661 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
662 | |||
663 | # If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
664 | # generate man pages | ||
665 | |||
666 | GENERATE_MAN = NO | ||
667 | |||
668 | # The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. | ||
669 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
670 | # put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. | ||
671 | |||
672 | MAN_OUTPUT = | ||
673 | |||
674 | # The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to | ||
675 | # the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) | ||
676 | |||
677 | MAN_EXTENSION = .opie3 | ||
678 | |||
679 | # If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, | ||
680 | # then it will generate one additional man file for each entity | ||
681 | # documented in the real man page(s). These additional files | ||
682 | # only source the real man page, but without them the man command | ||
683 | # would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. | ||
684 | |||
685 | MAN_LINKS = YES | ||
686 | |||
687 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
688 | # configuration options related to the XML output | ||
689 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
690 | |||
691 | # If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
692 | # generate an XML file that captures the structure of | ||
693 | # the code including all documentation. Note that this | ||
694 | # feature is still experimental and incomplete at the | ||
695 | # moment. | ||
696 | |||
697 | GENERATE_XML = NO | ||
698 | |||
699 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
700 | # configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output | ||
701 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
702 | |||
703 | # If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
704 | # generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file | ||
705 | # that captures the structure of the code including all | ||
706 | # documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental | ||
707 | # and incomplete at the moment. | ||
708 | |||
709 | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO | ||
710 | |||
711 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
712 | # Configuration options related to the preprocessor | ||
713 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
714 | |||
715 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
716 | # evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include | ||
717 | # files. | ||
718 | |||
719 | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES | ||
720 | |||
721 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro | ||
722 | # names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional | ||
723 | # compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled | ||
724 | # way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. | ||
725 | |||
726 | MACRO_EXPANSION = NO | ||
727 | |||
728 | # If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES | ||
729 | # then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the | ||
730 | # PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_PREDEFINED tags. | ||
731 | |||
732 | EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO | ||
733 | |||
734 | # If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files | ||
735 | # in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. | ||
736 | |||
737 | SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES | ||
738 | |||
739 | # The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
740 | # contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by | ||
741 | # the preprocessor. | ||
742 | |||
743 | INCLUDE_PATH = | ||
744 | |||
745 | # You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard | ||
746 | # patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the | ||
747 | # directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will | ||
748 | # be used. | ||
749 | |||
750 | INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = | ||
751 | |||
752 | # The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that | ||
753 | # are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of | ||
754 | # gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name | ||
755 | # or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are | ||
756 | # omitted =1 is assumed. | ||
757 | |||
758 | PREDEFINED = QT_VERSION=305 | ||
759 | |||
760 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_PREDEF_ONLY tags are set to YES then | ||
761 | # this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. | ||
762 | # The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. | ||
763 | # Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. | ||
764 | |||
765 | EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = | ||
766 | |||
767 | # If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then | ||
768 | # doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone | ||
769 | # on a line and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros are typically | ||
770 | # used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not removed. | ||
771 | |||
772 | SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES | ||
773 | |||
774 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
775 | # Configuration::addtions related to external references | ||
776 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
777 | |||
778 | # The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. | ||
779 | |||
780 | TAGFILES = | ||
781 | |||
782 | # When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create | ||
783 | # a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. | ||
784 | |||
785 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = | ||
786 | |||
787 | # If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed | ||
788 | # in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes | ||
789 | # will be listed. | ||
790 | |||
791 | ALLEXTERNALS = NO | ||
792 | |||
793 | # If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed | ||
794 | # in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will | ||
795 | # be listed. | ||
796 | |||
797 | EXTERNAL_GROUPS = NO | ||
798 | |||
799 | # The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script | ||
800 | # interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). | ||
801 | |||
802 | PERL_PATH = | ||
803 | |||
804 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
805 | # Configuration options related to the dot tool | ||
806 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
807 | |||
808 | # If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
809 | # generate a inheritance diagram (in Html, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base or | ||
810 | # super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this | ||
811 | # option is superceded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a fallback. It is | ||
812 | # recommended to install and use dot, since it yield more powerful graphs. | ||
813 | |||
814 | CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES | ||
815 | |||
816 | # If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is | ||
817 | # available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization | ||
818 | # toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section | ||
819 | # have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) | ||
820 | |||
821 | HAVE_DOT = YES | ||
822 | |||
823 | # If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
824 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
825 | # indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the | ||
826 | # the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. | ||
827 | |||
828 | CLASS_GRAPH = YES | ||
829 | |||
830 | # If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
831 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
832 | # indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and | ||
833 | # class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. | ||
834 | |||
835 | COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES | ||
836 | |||
837 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the | ||
838 | # relations between templates and their instances. | ||
839 | |||
840 | TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES | ||
841 | |||
842 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide | ||
843 | # inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented | ||
844 | # or is not a class. | ||
845 | |||
846 | HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = NO | ||
847 | |||
848 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT | ||
849 | # tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented | ||
850 | # file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with | ||
851 | # other documented files. | ||
852 | |||
853 | INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES | ||
854 | |||
855 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and | ||
856 | # HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each | ||
857 | # documented header file showing the documented files that directly or | ||
858 | # indirectly include this file. | ||
859 | |||
860 | INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES | ||
861 | |||
862 | # If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
863 | # will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. | ||
864 | |||
865 | GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO | ||
866 | |||
867 | # The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images | ||
868 | # generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif | ||
869 | # If left blank png will be used. | ||
870 | |||
871 | DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png | ||
872 | |||
873 | # The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be | ||
874 | # found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found on the path. | ||
875 | |||
876 | DOT_PATH = | ||
877 | |||
878 | # The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
879 | # contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the | ||
880 | # \dotfile command). | ||
881 | |||
882 | DOTFILE_DIRS = | ||
883 | |||
884 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH tag can be used to set the maximum allowed width | ||
885 | # (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than | ||
886 | # this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within | ||
887 | # the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very | ||
888 | # large images. | ||
889 | |||
890 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH = 800 | ||
891 | |||
892 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT tag can be used to set the maximum allows height | ||
893 | # (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than | ||
894 | # this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within | ||
895 | # the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very | ||
896 | # large images. | ||
897 | |||
898 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT = 1024 | ||
899 | |||
900 | # If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
901 | # generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and | ||
902 | # arrows in the dot generated graphs. | ||
903 | |||
904 | GENERATE_LEGEND = YES | ||
905 | |||
906 | # If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
907 | # remove the intermedate dot files that are used to generate | ||
908 | # the various graphs. | ||
909 | |||
910 | DOT_CLEANUP = YES | ||
911 | |||
912 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
913 | # Configuration::addtions related to the search engine | ||
914 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
915 | |||
916 | # The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be | ||
917 | # used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. | ||
918 | |||
919 | SEARCHENGINE = NO | ||
920 | |||
921 | # The CGI_NAME tag should be the name of the CGI script that | ||
922 | # starts the search engine (doxysearch) with the correct parameters. | ||
923 | # A script with this name will be generated by doxygen. | ||
924 | |||
925 | CGI_NAME = | ||
926 | |||
927 | # The CGI_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the | ||
928 | # cgi binaries are located. See the documentation of your http daemon for | ||
929 | # details. | ||
930 | |||
931 | CGI_URL = | ||
932 | |||
933 | # The DOC_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the | ||
934 | # documentation is located. If left blank the absolute path to the | ||
935 | # documentation, with file:// prepended to it, will be used. | ||
936 | |||
937 | DOC_URL = | ||
938 | |||
939 | # The DOC_ABSPATH tag should be the absolute path to the directory where the | ||
940 | # documentation is located. If left blank the directory on the local machine | ||
941 | # will be used. | ||
942 | |||
943 | DOC_ABSPATH = | ||
944 | |||
945 | # The BIN_ABSPATH tag must point to the directory where the doxysearch binary | ||
946 | # is installed. | ||
947 | |||
948 | BIN_ABSPATH = | ||
949 | |||
950 | # The EXT_DOC_PATHS tag can be used to specify one or more paths to | ||
951 | # documentation generated for other projects. This allows doxysearch to search | ||
952 | # the documentation for these projects as well. | ||
953 | |||
954 | EXT_DOC_PATHS = | ||
955 | PROJECT_NAME = "Qtopia library" | ||
956 | PROJECT_NUMBER = "Version 1.5.5" | ||
957 | INPUT = . | ||
958 | IMAGE_PATH = ../apidocs/api | ||
959 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ../apidocs | ||
960 | HTML_OUTPUT = libqpe/html | ||
961 | LATEX_OUTPUT = libqpe/latex | ||
962 | RTF_OUTPUT = libqpe/rtf | ||
963 | MAN_OUTPUT = libqpe/man | ||
964 | GENERATE_HTML = yes | ||
965 | GENERATE_MAN = no | ||
966 | GENERATE_LATEX = no | ||
967 | TAGFILES = \ | ||
968 | ../apidocs/qt/qt.tag=../../qt/ | ||
969 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = ../apidocs/libqpe/libqpe.tag | ||
970 | IGNORE_PREFIX = Q | ||
971 | HAVE_DOT = YES | ||
diff --git a/doc/Doxyfile_main b/doc/Doxyfile_main new file mode 100644 index 0000000..180fc1f --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/Doxyfile_main | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,975 @@ | |||
1 | # Doxyfile 1.2.15 | ||
2 | |||
3 | # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system | ||
4 | # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project | ||
5 | # | ||
6 | # All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored | ||
7 | # The format is: | ||
8 | # TAG = value [value, ...] | ||
9 | # For lists items can also be appended using: | ||
10 | # TAG += value [value, ...] | ||
11 | # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") | ||
12 | |||
13 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
14 | # General configuration options | ||
15 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
16 | |||
17 | # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded | ||
18 | # by quotes) that should identify the project. | ||
19 | |||
20 | PROJECT_NAME = | ||
21 | |||
22 | # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. | ||
23 | # This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or | ||
24 | # if some version control system is used. | ||
25 | |||
26 | PROJECT_NUMBER = | ||
27 | |||
28 | # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) | ||
29 | # base path where the generated documentation will be put. | ||
30 | # If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location | ||
31 | # where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. | ||
32 | |||
33 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = apidocs/ | ||
34 | |||
35 | # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all | ||
36 | # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this | ||
37 | # information to generate all constant output in the proper language. | ||
38 | # The default language is English, other supported languages are: | ||
39 | # Brazilian, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, | ||
40 | # German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, | ||
41 | # Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish and Swedish. | ||
42 | |||
43 | OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English | ||
44 | |||
45 | # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in | ||
46 | # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. | ||
47 | # Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless | ||
48 | # the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES | ||
49 | |||
50 | EXTRACT_ALL = YES | ||
51 | |||
52 | # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class | ||
53 | # will be included in the documentation. | ||
54 | |||
55 | EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO | ||
56 | |||
57 | # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file | ||
58 | # will be included in the documentation. | ||
59 | |||
60 | EXTRACT_STATIC = YES | ||
61 | |||
62 | # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) | ||
63 | # defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. | ||
64 | # If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. | ||
65 | |||
66 | EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = NO | ||
67 | |||
68 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
69 | # undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. | ||
70 | # If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the | ||
71 | # various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. | ||
72 | # This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
73 | |||
74 | HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO | ||
75 | |||
76 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
77 | # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. | ||
78 | # If set to NO (the default) these class will be included in the various | ||
79 | # overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
80 | |||
81 | HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = YES | ||
82 | |||
83 | # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
84 | # include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in | ||
85 | # the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). | ||
86 | # Set to NO to disable this. | ||
87 | |||
88 | BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES | ||
89 | |||
90 | # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend | ||
91 | # the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. | ||
92 | # Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the | ||
93 | # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. | ||
94 | |||
95 | REPEAT_BRIEF = YES | ||
96 | |||
97 | # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then | ||
98 | # Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief | ||
99 | # description. | ||
100 | |||
101 | ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES | ||
102 | |||
103 | # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all inherited | ||
104 | # members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those members were | ||
105 | # ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment operators of | ||
106 | # the base classes will not be shown. | ||
107 | |||
108 | INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO | ||
109 | |||
110 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full | ||
111 | # path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set | ||
112 | # to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. | ||
113 | |||
114 | FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO | ||
115 | |||
116 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag | ||
117 | # can be used to strip a user defined part of the path. Stripping is | ||
118 | # only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of | ||
119 | # the path. It is allowed to use relative paths in the argument list. | ||
120 | |||
121 | STRIP_FROM_PATH = | ||
122 | |||
123 | # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation | ||
124 | # that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set | ||
125 | # to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. | ||
126 | # Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. | ||
127 | |||
128 | INTERNAL_DOCS = NO | ||
129 | |||
130 | # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct | ||
131 | # doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code | ||
132 | # fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. | ||
133 | |||
134 | STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES | ||
135 | |||
136 | # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate | ||
137 | # file names in lower case letters. If set to YES upper case letters are also | ||
138 | # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ | ||
139 | # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows | ||
140 | # users are adviced to set this option to NO. | ||
141 | |||
142 | CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES | ||
143 | |||
144 | # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter | ||
145 | # (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems | ||
146 | # doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. | ||
147 | |||
148 | SHORT_NAMES = NO | ||
149 | |||
150 | # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen | ||
151 | # will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the | ||
152 | # documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. | ||
153 | |||
154 | HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO | ||
155 | |||
156 | # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
157 | # will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for | ||
158 | # which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. | ||
159 | |||
160 | VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES | ||
161 | |||
162 | # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
163 | # will put list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation | ||
164 | # of that file. | ||
165 | |||
166 | SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES | ||
167 | |||
168 | # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen | ||
169 | # will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style | ||
170 | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc | ||
171 | # comments will behave just like the Qt-style comments (thus requiring an | ||
172 | # explict @brief command for a brief description. | ||
173 | |||
174 | JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES | ||
175 | |||
176 | # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented | ||
177 | # member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it | ||
178 | # reimplements. | ||
179 | |||
180 | INHERIT_DOCS = YES | ||
181 | |||
182 | # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] | ||
183 | # is inserted in the documentation for inline members. | ||
184 | |||
185 | INLINE_INFO = YES | ||
186 | |||
187 | # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen | ||
188 | # will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members | ||
189 | # alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in | ||
190 | # declaration order. | ||
191 | |||
192 | SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = NO | ||
193 | |||
194 | # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC | ||
195 | # tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first | ||
196 | # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default | ||
197 | # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. | ||
198 | |||
199 | DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO | ||
200 | |||
201 | # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. | ||
202 | # Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. | ||
203 | |||
204 | TAB_SIZE = 4 | ||
205 | |||
206 | # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
207 | # disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo | ||
208 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
209 | |||
210 | GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO | ||
211 | |||
212 | # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
213 | # disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test | ||
214 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
215 | |||
216 | GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO | ||
217 | |||
218 | # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
219 | # disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug | ||
220 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
221 | |||
222 | GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES | ||
223 | |||
224 | # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts | ||
225 | # as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". | ||
226 | # For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to | ||
227 | # put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which | ||
228 | # will result in a user defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". | ||
229 | # You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. | ||
230 | |||
231 | # @ref in KDE docu are for kdoc, doxygen doesn't need them, so we alias them | ||
232 | # to nothing here | ||
233 | |||
234 | ALIASES = libdoc=@mainpage \ | ||
235 | sect=<p><b> \ | ||
236 | reimplemented= \ | ||
237 | "deprecated=<b>This class or method is obsolete, it is provided for compatibility only.</b>" \ | ||
238 | obsolete=@deprecated \ | ||
239 | ref= | ||
240 | |||
241 | # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional | ||
242 | # documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. | ||
243 | |||
244 | ENABLED_SECTIONS = | ||
245 | |||
246 | # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines | ||
247 | # the initial value of a variable or define consist of for it to appear in | ||
248 | # the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified | ||
249 | # here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. | ||
250 | # The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the | ||
251 | # documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer | ||
252 | # command in the documentation regardless of this setting. | ||
253 | |||
254 | MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 | ||
255 | |||
256 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources | ||
257 | # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. | ||
258 | # For instance some of the names that are used will be different. The list | ||
259 | # of all members will be omitted, etc. | ||
260 | |||
261 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO | ||
262 | |||
263 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java sources | ||
264 | # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for Java. | ||
265 | # For instance namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified scopes | ||
266 | # will look different, etc. | ||
267 | |||
268 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO | ||
269 | |||
270 | # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated | ||
271 | # at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the | ||
272 | # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. | ||
273 | |||
274 | SHOW_USED_FILES = YES | ||
275 | |||
276 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
277 | # configuration options related to warning and progress messages | ||
278 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
279 | |||
280 | # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated | ||
281 | # by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
282 | |||
283 | QUIET = YES | ||
284 | |||
285 | # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are | ||
286 | # generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank | ||
287 | # NO is used. | ||
288 | |||
289 | WARNINGS = YES | ||
290 | |||
291 | # If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings | ||
292 | # for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will | ||
293 | # automatically be disabled. | ||
294 | |||
295 | WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = NO | ||
296 | |||
297 | # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that | ||
298 | # doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text | ||
299 | # tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the | ||
300 | # warning originated and the warning text. | ||
301 | |||
302 | WARN_FORMAT = | ||
303 | |||
304 | # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning | ||
305 | # and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written | ||
306 | # to stderr. | ||
307 | |||
308 | WARN_LOGFILE = | ||
309 | |||
310 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
311 | # configuration options related to the input files | ||
312 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
313 | |||
314 | # The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain | ||
315 | # documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or | ||
316 | # directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories | ||
317 | # with spaces. | ||
318 | |||
319 | INPUT = library libopie libopie/pim | ||
320 | |||
321 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
322 | # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
323 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
324 | # blank the following patterns are tested: | ||
325 | # *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx *.hpp | ||
326 | # *.h++ *.idl *.odl | ||
327 | |||
328 | FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ | ||
329 | *.cpp \ | ||
330 | *.cc \ | ||
331 | *.hpp | ||
332 | |||
333 | # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories | ||
334 | # should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. | ||
335 | # If left blank NO is used. | ||
336 | |||
337 | RECURSIVE = NO | ||
338 | |||
339 | # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should | ||
340 | # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a | ||
341 | # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. | ||
342 | |||
343 | EXCLUDE = | ||
344 | |||
345 | # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or directories | ||
346 | # that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded from the input. | ||
347 | |||
348 | EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO | ||
349 | |||
350 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
351 | # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude | ||
352 | # certain files from those directories. | ||
353 | |||
354 | EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = *.moc.* \ | ||
355 | moc* \ | ||
356 | *.all_cpp.* \ | ||
357 | *unload.* \ | ||
358 | */test/* \ | ||
359 | */tests/* | ||
360 | |||
361 | # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
362 | # directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see | ||
363 | # the \include command). | ||
364 | |||
365 | EXAMPLE_PATH = | ||
366 | |||
367 | # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
368 | # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
369 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
370 | # blank all files are included. | ||
371 | |||
372 | EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = | ||
373 | |||
374 | # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be | ||
375 | # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude | ||
376 | # commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. | ||
377 | # Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
378 | |||
379 | EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO | ||
380 | |||
381 | # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
382 | # directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see | ||
383 | # the \image command). | ||
384 | |||
385 | IMAGE_PATH = | ||
386 | |||
387 | # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should | ||
388 | # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program | ||
389 | # by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> | ||
390 | # is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an | ||
391 | # input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes | ||
392 | # to standard output. | ||
393 | |||
394 | INPUT_FILTER = | ||
395 | |||
396 | # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using | ||
397 | # INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source | ||
398 | # files to browse. | ||
399 | |||
400 | FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO | ||
401 | |||
402 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
403 | # configuration options related to source browsing | ||
404 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
405 | |||
406 | # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will | ||
407 | # be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. | ||
408 | |||
409 | SOURCE_BROWSER = YES | ||
410 | |||
411 | # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body | ||
412 | # of functions and classes directly in the documentation. | ||
413 | |||
414 | INLINE_SOURCES = NO | ||
415 | |||
416 | # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
417 | # then for each documented function all documented | ||
418 | # functions referencing it will be listed. | ||
419 | |||
420 | REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES | ||
421 | |||
422 | # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
423 | # then for each documented function all documented entities | ||
424 | # called/used by that function will be listed. | ||
425 | |||
426 | REFERENCES_RELATION = YES | ||
427 | |||
428 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
429 | # configuration options related to the alphabetical class index | ||
430 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
431 | |||
432 | # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index | ||
433 | # of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project | ||
434 | # contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. | ||
435 | |||
436 | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES | ||
437 | |||
438 | # If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then | ||
439 | # the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns | ||
440 | # in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) | ||
441 | |||
442 | COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 3 | ||
443 | |||
444 | # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all | ||
445 | # classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. | ||
446 | # The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that | ||
447 | # should be ignored while generating the index headers. | ||
448 | |||
449 | IGNORE_PREFIX = O | ||
450 | |||
451 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
452 | # configuration options related to the HTML output | ||
453 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
454 | |||
455 | # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
456 | # generate HTML output. | ||
457 | |||
458 | GENERATE_HTML = NO | ||
459 | |||
460 | # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. | ||
461 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
462 | # put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. | ||
463 | |||
464 | HTML_OUTPUT = | ||
465 | |||
466 | # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for | ||
467 | # each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank | ||
468 | # doxygen will generate files with .html extension. | ||
469 | |||
470 | HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html | ||
471 | |||
472 | # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for | ||
473 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
474 | # standard header. | ||
475 | |||
476 | HTML_HEADER = apidocs/common/header.html | ||
477 | |||
478 | # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for | ||
479 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
480 | # standard footer. | ||
481 | |||
482 | HTML_FOOTER = apidocs/common/footer.html | ||
483 | |||
484 | # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user defined cascading | ||
485 | # style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to | ||
486 | # fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen | ||
487 | # will generate a default style sheet | ||
488 | |||
489 | HTML_STYLESHEET = apidocs/common/doxygen.css | ||
490 | |||
491 | # If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, | ||
492 | # files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to | ||
493 | # NO a bullet list will be used. | ||
494 | |||
495 | HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES | ||
496 | |||
497 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files | ||
498 | # will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the | ||
499 | # Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compressed HTML help file (.chm) | ||
500 | # of the generated HTML documentation. | ||
501 | |||
502 | GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO | ||
503 | |||
504 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag | ||
505 | # controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that | ||
506 | # it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). | ||
507 | |||
508 | GENERATE_CHI = NO | ||
509 | |||
510 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag | ||
511 | # controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a | ||
512 | # normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. | ||
513 | |||
514 | BINARY_TOC = NO | ||
515 | |||
516 | # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members | ||
517 | # to the contents of the Html help documentation and to the tree view. | ||
518 | |||
519 | TOC_EXPAND = NO | ||
520 | |||
521 | # The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at | ||
522 | # top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and | ||
523 | # the value YES disables it. | ||
524 | |||
525 | DISABLE_INDEX = YES | ||
526 | |||
527 | # This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) | ||
528 | # that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. | ||
529 | |||
530 | ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 | ||
531 | |||
532 | # If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be | ||
533 | # generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that | ||
534 | # is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports | ||
535 | # JavaScript and frames is required (for instance Mozilla, Netscape 4.0+, | ||
536 | # or Internet explorer 4.0+). Note that for large projects the tree generation | ||
537 | # can take a very long time. In such cases it is better to disable this feature. | ||
538 | # Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. | ||
539 | |||
540 | GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO | ||
541 | |||
542 | # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be | ||
543 | # used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree | ||
544 | # is shown. | ||
545 | |||
546 | TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 | ||
547 | |||
548 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
549 | # configuration options related to the LaTeX output | ||
550 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
551 | |||
552 | # If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
553 | # generate Latex output. | ||
554 | |||
555 | GENERATE_LATEX = NO | ||
556 | |||
557 | # The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. | ||
558 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
559 | # put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. | ||
560 | |||
561 | LATEX_OUTPUT = | ||
562 | |||
563 | # The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. | ||
564 | |||
565 | LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex | ||
566 | |||
567 | # The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to | ||
568 | # generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the | ||
569 | # default command name. | ||
570 | |||
571 | MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex | ||
572 | |||
573 | # If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
574 | # LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
575 | # save some trees in general. | ||
576 | |||
577 | COMPACT_LATEX = NO | ||
578 | |||
579 | # The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used | ||
580 | # by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and | ||
581 | # executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. | ||
582 | |||
583 | PAPER_TYPE = a4wide | ||
584 | |||
585 | # The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX | ||
586 | # packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. | ||
587 | |||
588 | EXTRA_PACKAGES = | ||
589 | |||
590 | # The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for | ||
591 | # the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until | ||
592 | # the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
593 | # standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | ||
594 | |||
595 | LATEX_HEADER = | ||
596 | |||
597 | # If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated | ||
598 | # is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will | ||
599 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references | ||
600 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. | ||
601 | |||
602 | PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
603 | |||
604 | # If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of | ||
605 | # plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a | ||
606 | # higher quality PDF documentation. | ||
607 | |||
608 | USE_PDFLATEX = NO | ||
609 | |||
610 | # If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. | ||
611 | # command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep | ||
612 | # running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. | ||
613 | # This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. | ||
614 | |||
615 | LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO | ||
616 | |||
617 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
618 | # configuration options related to the RTF output | ||
619 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
620 | |||
621 | # If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output | ||
622 | # The RTF output is optimised for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with | ||
623 | # other RTF readers or editors. | ||
624 | |||
625 | GENERATE_RTF = NO | ||
626 | |||
627 | # The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. | ||
628 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
629 | # put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. | ||
630 | |||
631 | RTF_OUTPUT = | ||
632 | |||
633 | # If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
634 | # RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
635 | # save some trees in general. | ||
636 | |||
637 | COMPACT_RTF = NO | ||
638 | |||
639 | # If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated | ||
640 | # will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will | ||
641 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. | ||
642 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other | ||
643 | # programs which support those fields. | ||
644 | # Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. | ||
645 | |||
646 | RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
647 | |||
648 | # Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's | ||
649 | # config file, i.e. a series of assigments. You only have to provide | ||
650 | # replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. | ||
651 | |||
652 | RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = | ||
653 | |||
654 | # Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. | ||
655 | # Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. | ||
656 | |||
657 | RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = | ||
658 | |||
659 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
660 | # configuration options related to the man page output | ||
661 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
662 | |||
663 | # If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
664 | # generate man pages | ||
665 | |||
666 | GENERATE_MAN = NO | ||
667 | |||
668 | # The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. | ||
669 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
670 | # put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. | ||
671 | |||
672 | MAN_OUTPUT = | ||
673 | |||
674 | # The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to | ||
675 | # the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) | ||
676 | |||
677 | MAN_EXTENSION = .kde3 | ||
678 | |||
679 | # If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, | ||
680 | # then it will generate one additional man file for each entity | ||
681 | # documented in the real man page(s). These additional files | ||
682 | # only source the real man page, but without them the man command | ||
683 | # would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. | ||
684 | |||
685 | MAN_LINKS = YES | ||
686 | |||
687 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
688 | # configuration options related to the XML output | ||
689 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
690 | |||
691 | # If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
692 | # generate an XML file that captures the structure of | ||
693 | # the code including all documentation. Note that this | ||
694 | # feature is still experimental and incomplete at the | ||
695 | # moment. | ||
696 | |||
697 | GENERATE_XML = NO | ||
698 | |||
699 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
700 | # configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output | ||
701 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
702 | |||
703 | # If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
704 | # generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file | ||
705 | # that captures the structure of the code including all | ||
706 | # documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental | ||
707 | # and incomplete at the moment. | ||
708 | |||
709 | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO | ||
710 | |||
711 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
712 | # Configuration options related to the preprocessor | ||
713 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
714 | |||
715 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
716 | # evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include | ||
717 | # files. | ||
718 | |||
719 | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES | ||
720 | |||
721 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro | ||
722 | # names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional | ||
723 | # compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled | ||
724 | # way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. | ||
725 | |||
726 | MACRO_EXPANSION = NO | ||
727 | |||
728 | # If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES | ||
729 | # then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the | ||
730 | # PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_PREDEFINED tags. | ||
731 | |||
732 | EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO | ||
733 | |||
734 | # If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files | ||
735 | # in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. | ||
736 | |||
737 | SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES | ||
738 | |||
739 | # The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
740 | # contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by | ||
741 | # the preprocessor. | ||
742 | |||
743 | INCLUDE_PATH = | ||
744 | |||
745 | # You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard | ||
746 | # patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the | ||
747 | # directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will | ||
748 | # be used. | ||
749 | |||
750 | INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = | ||
751 | |||
752 | # The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that | ||
753 | # are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of | ||
754 | # gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name | ||
755 | # or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are | ||
756 | # omitted =1 is assumed. | ||
757 | |||
758 | PREDEFINED = QT_VERSION=305 | ||
759 | |||
760 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_PREDEF_ONLY tags are set to YES then | ||
761 | # this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. | ||
762 | # The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. | ||
763 | # Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. | ||
764 | |||
765 | EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = | ||
766 | |||
767 | # If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then | ||
768 | # doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone | ||
769 | # on a line and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros are typically | ||
770 | # used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not removed. | ||
771 | |||
772 | SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES | ||
773 | |||
774 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
775 | # Configuration::addtions related to external references | ||
776 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
777 | |||
778 | # The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. | ||
779 | |||
780 | TAGFILES = | ||
781 | |||
782 | # When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create | ||
783 | # a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. | ||
784 | |||
785 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = | ||
786 | |||
787 | # If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed | ||
788 | # in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes | ||
789 | # will be listed. | ||
790 | |||
791 | ALLEXTERNALS = NO | ||
792 | |||
793 | # If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed | ||
794 | # in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will | ||
795 | # be listed. | ||
796 | |||
797 | EXTERNAL_GROUPS = NO | ||
798 | |||
799 | # The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script | ||
800 | # interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). | ||
801 | |||
802 | PERL_PATH = | ||
803 | |||
804 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
805 | # Configuration options related to the dot tool | ||
806 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
807 | |||
808 | # If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
809 | # generate a inheritance diagram (in Html, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base or | ||
810 | # super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this | ||
811 | # option is superceded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a fallback. It is | ||
812 | # recommended to install and use dot, since it yield more powerful graphs. | ||
813 | |||
814 | CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES | ||
815 | |||
816 | # If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is | ||
817 | # available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization | ||
818 | # toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section | ||
819 | # have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) | ||
820 | |||
821 | HAVE_DOT = YES | ||
822 | |||
823 | # If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
824 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
825 | # indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the | ||
826 | # the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. | ||
827 | |||
828 | CLASS_GRAPH = YES | ||
829 | |||
830 | # If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
831 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
832 | # indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and | ||
833 | # class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. | ||
834 | |||
835 | COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES | ||
836 | |||
837 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the | ||
838 | # relations between templates and their instances. | ||
839 | |||
840 | TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES | ||
841 | |||
842 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide | ||
843 | # inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented | ||
844 | # or is not a class. | ||
845 | |||
846 | HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = NO | ||
847 | |||
848 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT | ||
849 | # tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented | ||
850 | # file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with | ||
851 | # other documented files. | ||
852 | |||
853 | INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES | ||
854 | |||
855 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and | ||
856 | # HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each | ||
857 | # documented header file showing the documented files that directly or | ||
858 | # indirectly include this file. | ||
859 | |||
860 | INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES | ||
861 | |||
862 | # If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
863 | # will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. | ||
864 | |||
865 | GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES | ||
866 | |||
867 | # The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images | ||
868 | # generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif | ||
869 | # If left blank png will be used. | ||
870 | |||
871 | DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png | ||
872 | |||
873 | # The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be | ||
874 | # found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found on the path. | ||
875 | |||
876 | DOT_PATH = | ||
877 | |||
878 | # The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
879 | # contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the | ||
880 | # \dotfile command). | ||
881 | |||
882 | DOTFILE_DIRS = | ||
883 | |||
884 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH tag can be used to set the maximum allowed width | ||
885 | # (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than | ||
886 | # this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within | ||
887 | # the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very | ||
888 | # large images. | ||
889 | |||
890 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH = 480 | ||
891 | |||
892 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT tag can be used to set the maximum allows height | ||
893 | # (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than | ||
894 | # this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within | ||
895 | # the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very | ||
896 | # large images. | ||
897 | |||
898 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT = 640 | ||
899 | |||
900 | # If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
901 | # generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and | ||
902 | # arrows in the dot generated graphs. | ||
903 | |||
904 | GENERATE_LEGEND = YES | ||
905 | |||
906 | # If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
907 | # remove the intermedate dot files that are used to generate | ||
908 | # the various graphs. | ||
909 | |||
910 | DOT_CLEANUP = YES | ||
911 | |||
912 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
913 | # Configuration::addtions related to the search engine | ||
914 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
915 | |||
916 | # The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be | ||
917 | # used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. | ||
918 | |||
919 | SEARCHENGINE = NO | ||
920 | |||
921 | # The CGI_NAME tag should be the name of the CGI script that | ||
922 | # starts the search engine (doxysearch) with the correct parameters. | ||
923 | # A script with this name will be generated by doxygen. | ||
924 | |||
925 | CGI_NAME = | ||
926 | |||
927 | # The CGI_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the | ||
928 | # cgi binaries are located. See the documentation of your http daemon for | ||
929 | # details. | ||
930 | |||
931 | CGI_URL = | ||
932 | |||
933 | # The DOC_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the | ||
934 | # documentation is located. If left blank the absolute path to the | ||
935 | # documentation, with file:// prepended to it, will be used. | ||
936 | |||
937 | DOC_URL = | ||
938 | |||
939 | # The DOC_ABSPATH tag should be the absolute path to the directory where the | ||
940 | # documentation is located. If left blank the directory on the local machine | ||
941 | # will be used. | ||
942 | |||
943 | DOC_ABSPATH = | ||
944 | |||
945 | # The BIN_ABSPATH tag must point to the directory where the doxysearch binary | ||
946 | # is installed. | ||
947 | |||
948 | BIN_ABSPATH = | ||
949 | |||
950 | # The EXT_DOC_PATHS tag can be used to specify one or more paths to | ||
951 | # documentation generated for other projects. This allows doxysearch to search | ||
952 | # the documentation for these projects as well. | ||
953 | |||
954 | EXT_DOC_PATHS = | ||
955 | PROJECT_NAME = The OPIE API Reference | ||
956 | PROJECT_NUMBER = Version 0.9.3 | ||
957 | INPUT = . | ||
958 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./apidocs | ||
959 | FILE_PATTERNS = *.dox | ||
960 | RECURSIVE = NO | ||
961 | SOURCE_BROWSER = NO | ||
962 | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO | ||
963 | HTML_OUTPUT = . | ||
964 | HTML_HEADER = apidocs/common/mainheader.html | ||
965 | HTML_FOOTER = apidocs/common/mainfooter.html | ||
966 | HTML_STYLESHEET = apidocs/common/doxygen.css | ||
967 | GENERATE_LATEX = NO | ||
968 | GENERATE_RTF = NO | ||
969 | GENERATE_MAN = NO | ||
970 | GENERATE_XML = NO | ||
971 | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO | ||
972 | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = NO | ||
973 | CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO | ||
974 | HAVE_DOT = YES | ||
975 | GENERATE_HTML = YES | ||
diff --git a/doc/Doxyfile_pim b/doc/Doxyfile_pim new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60ef90b --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/Doxyfile_pim | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,973 @@ | |||
1 | # Doxyfile 1.2.15 | ||
2 | |||
3 | # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system | ||
4 | # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project | ||
5 | # | ||
6 | # All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored | ||
7 | # The format is: | ||
8 | # TAG = value [value, ...] | ||
9 | # For lists items can also be appended using: | ||
10 | # TAG += value [value, ...] | ||
11 | # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") | ||
12 | |||
13 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
14 | # General configuration options | ||
15 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
16 | |||
17 | # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded | ||
18 | # by quotes) that should identify the project. | ||
19 | |||
20 | PROJECT_NAME = | ||
21 | |||
22 | # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. | ||
23 | # This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or | ||
24 | # if some version control system is used. | ||
25 | |||
26 | PROJECT_NUMBER = | ||
27 | |||
28 | # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) | ||
29 | # base path where the generated documentation will be put. | ||
30 | # If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location | ||
31 | # where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. | ||
32 | |||
33 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ../../apidocs/ | ||
34 | |||
35 | # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all | ||
36 | # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this | ||
37 | # information to generate all constant output in the proper language. | ||
38 | # The default language is English, other supported languages are: | ||
39 | # Brazilian, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, | ||
40 | # German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, | ||
41 | # Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish and Swedish. | ||
42 | |||
43 | OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English | ||
44 | |||
45 | # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in | ||
46 | # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. | ||
47 | # Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless | ||
48 | # the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES | ||
49 | |||
50 | EXTRACT_ALL = NO | ||
51 | |||
52 | # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class | ||
53 | # will be included in the documentation. | ||
54 | |||
55 | EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO | ||
56 | |||
57 | # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file | ||
58 | # will be included in the documentation. | ||
59 | |||
60 | EXTRACT_STATIC = YES | ||
61 | |||
62 | # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) | ||
63 | # defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. | ||
64 | # If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. | ||
65 | |||
66 | EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = NO | ||
67 | |||
68 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
69 | # undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. | ||
70 | # If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the | ||
71 | # various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. | ||
72 | # This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
73 | |||
74 | HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO | ||
75 | |||
76 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
77 | # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. | ||
78 | # If set to NO (the default) these class will be included in the various | ||
79 | # overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
80 | |||
81 | HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = YES | ||
82 | |||
83 | # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
84 | # include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in | ||
85 | # the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). | ||
86 | # Set to NO to disable this. | ||
87 | |||
88 | BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES | ||
89 | |||
90 | # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend | ||
91 | # the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. | ||
92 | # Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the | ||
93 | # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. | ||
94 | |||
95 | REPEAT_BRIEF = YES | ||
96 | |||
97 | # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then | ||
98 | # Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief | ||
99 | # description. | ||
100 | |||
101 | ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES | ||
102 | |||
103 | # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all inherited | ||
104 | # members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those members were | ||
105 | # ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment operators of | ||
106 | # the base classes will not be shown. | ||
107 | |||
108 | INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO | ||
109 | |||
110 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full | ||
111 | # path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set | ||
112 | # to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. | ||
113 | |||
114 | FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO | ||
115 | |||
116 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag | ||
117 | # can be used to strip a user defined part of the path. Stripping is | ||
118 | # only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of | ||
119 | # the path. It is allowed to use relative paths in the argument list. | ||
120 | |||
121 | STRIP_FROM_PATH = | ||
122 | |||
123 | # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation | ||
124 | # that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set | ||
125 | # to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. | ||
126 | # Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. | ||
127 | |||
128 | INTERNAL_DOCS = NO | ||
129 | |||
130 | # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct | ||
131 | # doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code | ||
132 | # fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible. | ||
133 | |||
134 | STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES | ||
135 | |||
136 | # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate | ||
137 | # file names in lower case letters. If set to YES upper case letters are also | ||
138 | # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ | ||
139 | # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows | ||
140 | # users are adviced to set this option to NO. | ||
141 | |||
142 | CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES | ||
143 | |||
144 | # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter | ||
145 | # (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems | ||
146 | # doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. | ||
147 | |||
148 | SHORT_NAMES = NO | ||
149 | |||
150 | # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen | ||
151 | # will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the | ||
152 | # documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. | ||
153 | |||
154 | HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO | ||
155 | |||
156 | # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
157 | # will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for | ||
158 | # which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. | ||
159 | |||
160 | VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES | ||
161 | |||
162 | # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
163 | # will put list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation | ||
164 | # of that file. | ||
165 | |||
166 | SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES | ||
167 | |||
168 | # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen | ||
169 | # will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style | ||
170 | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc | ||
171 | # comments will behave just like the Qt-style comments (thus requiring an | ||
172 | # explict @brief command for a brief description. | ||
173 | |||
174 | JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES | ||
175 | |||
176 | # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented | ||
177 | # member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it | ||
178 | # reimplements. | ||
179 | |||
180 | INHERIT_DOCS = YES | ||
181 | |||
182 | # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] | ||
183 | # is inserted in the documentation for inline members. | ||
184 | |||
185 | INLINE_INFO = YES | ||
186 | |||
187 | # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen | ||
188 | # will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members | ||
189 | # alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in | ||
190 | # declaration order. | ||
191 | |||
192 | SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = NO | ||
193 | |||
194 | # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC | ||
195 | # tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first | ||
196 | # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default | ||
197 | # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. | ||
198 | |||
199 | DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO | ||
200 | |||
201 | # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. | ||
202 | # Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. | ||
203 | |||
204 | TAB_SIZE = 4 | ||
205 | |||
206 | # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
207 | # disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo | ||
208 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
209 | |||
210 | GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO | ||
211 | |||
212 | # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
213 | # disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test | ||
214 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
215 | |||
216 | GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO | ||
217 | |||
218 | # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
219 | # disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug | ||
220 | # commands in the documentation. | ||
221 | |||
222 | GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES | ||
223 | |||
224 | # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts | ||
225 | # as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". | ||
226 | # For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to | ||
227 | # put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which | ||
228 | # will result in a user defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". | ||
229 | # You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. | ||
230 | |||
231 | # @ref in KDE docu are for kdoc, doxygen doesn't need them, so we alias them | ||
232 | # to nothing here | ||
233 | |||
234 | ALIASES = libdoc=@mainpage \ | ||
235 | sect=<p><b> \ | ||
236 | reimplemented= \ | ||
237 | "deprecated=<b>This class or method is obsolete, it is provided for compatibility only.</b>" \ | ||
238 | obsolete=@deprecated \ | ||
239 | ref= | ||
240 | |||
241 | # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional | ||
242 | # documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif. | ||
243 | |||
244 | ENABLED_SECTIONS = | ||
245 | |||
246 | # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines | ||
247 | # the initial value of a variable or define consist of for it to appear in | ||
248 | # the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified | ||
249 | # here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. | ||
250 | # The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the | ||
251 | # documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer | ||
252 | # command in the documentation regardless of this setting. | ||
253 | |||
254 | MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 | ||
255 | |||
256 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources | ||
257 | # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. | ||
258 | # For instance some of the names that are used will be different. The list | ||
259 | # of all members will be omitted, etc. | ||
260 | |||
261 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO | ||
262 | |||
263 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java sources | ||
264 | # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for Java. | ||
265 | # For instance namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified scopes | ||
266 | # will look different, etc. | ||
267 | |||
268 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO | ||
269 | |||
270 | # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated | ||
271 | # at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the | ||
272 | # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. | ||
273 | |||
274 | SHOW_USED_FILES = YES | ||
275 | |||
276 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
277 | # configuration options related to warning and progress messages | ||
278 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
279 | |||
280 | # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated | ||
281 | # by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
282 | |||
283 | QUIET = YES | ||
284 | |||
285 | # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are | ||
286 | # generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank | ||
287 | # NO is used. | ||
288 | |||
289 | WARNINGS = YES | ||
290 | |||
291 | # If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings | ||
292 | # for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will | ||
293 | # automatically be disabled. | ||
294 | |||
295 | WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = NO | ||
296 | |||
297 | # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that | ||
298 | # doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text | ||
299 | # tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the | ||
300 | # warning originated and the warning text. | ||
301 | |||
302 | WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" | ||
303 | |||
304 | # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning | ||
305 | # and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written | ||
306 | # to stderr. | ||
307 | |||
308 | WARN_LOGFILE = Dox-Warning | ||
309 | |||
310 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
311 | # configuration options related to the input files | ||
312 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
313 | |||
314 | # The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain | ||
315 | # documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or | ||
316 | # directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories | ||
317 | # with spaces. | ||
318 | |||
319 | INPUT = | ||
320 | |||
321 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
322 | # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
323 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
324 | # blank the following patterns are tested: | ||
325 | # *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx *.hpp | ||
326 | # *.h++ *.idl *.odl | ||
327 | |||
328 | FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ | ||
329 | *.cpp \ | ||
330 | *.cc \ | ||
331 | *.hpp | ||
332 | |||
333 | # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories | ||
334 | # should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. | ||
335 | # If left blank NO is used. | ||
336 | |||
337 | RECURSIVE = NO | ||
338 | |||
339 | # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should | ||
340 | # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a | ||
341 | # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. | ||
342 | |||
343 | EXCLUDE = | ||
344 | |||
345 | # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or directories | ||
346 | # that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded from the input. | ||
347 | |||
348 | EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO | ||
349 | |||
350 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
351 | # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude | ||
352 | # certain files from those directories. | ||
353 | |||
354 | EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = *.moc.* \ | ||
355 | moc* \ | ||
356 | *.all_cpp.* \ | ||
357 | *unload.* \ | ||
358 | */test/* \ | ||
359 | */tests/* | ||
360 | |||
361 | # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
362 | # directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see | ||
363 | # the \include command). | ||
364 | |||
365 | EXAMPLE_PATH = | ||
366 | |||
367 | # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
368 | # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
369 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
370 | # blank all files are included. | ||
371 | |||
372 | EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = | ||
373 | |||
374 | # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be | ||
375 | # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude | ||
376 | # commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. | ||
377 | # Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
378 | |||
379 | EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO | ||
380 | |||
381 | # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
382 | # directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see | ||
383 | # the \image command). | ||
384 | |||
385 | IMAGE_PATH = | ||
386 | |||
387 | # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should | ||
388 | # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program | ||
389 | # by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> | ||
390 | # is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an | ||
391 | # input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes | ||
392 | # to standard output. | ||
393 | |||
394 | INPUT_FILTER = | ||
395 | |||
396 | # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using | ||
397 | # INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source | ||
398 | # files to browse. | ||
399 | |||
400 | FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO | ||
401 | |||
402 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
403 | # configuration options related to source browsing | ||
404 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
405 | |||
406 | # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will | ||
407 | # be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. | ||
408 | |||
409 | SOURCE_BROWSER = YES | ||
410 | |||
411 | # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body | ||
412 | # of functions and classes directly in the documentation. | ||
413 | |||
414 | INLINE_SOURCES = NO | ||
415 | |||
416 | # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
417 | # then for each documented function all documented | ||
418 | # functions referencing it will be listed. | ||
419 | |||
420 | REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES | ||
421 | |||
422 | # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
423 | # then for each documented function all documented entities | ||
424 | # called/used by that function will be listed. | ||
425 | |||
426 | REFERENCES_RELATION = YES | ||
427 | |||
428 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
429 | # configuration options related to the alphabetical class index | ||
430 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
431 | |||
432 | # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index | ||
433 | # of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project | ||
434 | # contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. | ||
435 | |||
436 | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES | ||
437 | |||
438 | # If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then | ||
439 | # the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns | ||
440 | # in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) | ||
441 | |||
442 | COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 3 | ||
443 | |||
444 | # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all | ||
445 | # classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. | ||
446 | # The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that | ||
447 | # should be ignored while generating the index headers. | ||
448 | |||
449 | IGNORE_PREFIX = K | ||
450 | |||
451 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
452 | # configuration options related to the HTML output | ||
453 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
454 | |||
455 | # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
456 | # generate HTML output. | ||
457 | |||
458 | GENERATE_HTML = NO | ||
459 | |||
460 | # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. | ||
461 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
462 | # put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. | ||
463 | |||
464 | HTML_OUTPUT = | ||
465 | |||
466 | # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for | ||
467 | # each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank | ||
468 | # doxygen will generate files with .html extension. | ||
469 | |||
470 | HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html | ||
471 | |||
472 | # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for | ||
473 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
474 | # standard header. | ||
475 | |||
476 | HTML_HEADER = ../../apidocs/common/header.html | ||
477 | |||
478 | # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for | ||
479 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
480 | # standard footer. | ||
481 | |||
482 | HTML_FOOTER = ../../apidocs/common/footer.html | ||
483 | |||
484 | # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user defined cascading | ||
485 | # style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to | ||
486 | # fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen | ||
487 | # will generate a default style sheet | ||
488 | |||
489 | HTML_STYLESHEET = ../../apidocs/common/doxygen.css | ||
490 | |||
491 | # If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, | ||
492 | # files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to | ||
493 | # NO a bullet list will be used. | ||
494 | |||
495 | HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES | ||
496 | |||
497 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files | ||
498 | # will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the | ||
499 | # Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compressed HTML help file (.chm) | ||
500 | # of the generated HTML documentation. | ||
501 | |||
502 | GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO | ||
503 | |||
504 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag | ||
505 | # controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that | ||
506 | # it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). | ||
507 | |||
508 | GENERATE_CHI = NO | ||
509 | |||
510 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag | ||
511 | # controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a | ||
512 | # normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. | ||
513 | |||
514 | BINARY_TOC = NO | ||
515 | |||
516 | # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members | ||
517 | # to the contents of the Html help documentation and to the tree view. | ||
518 | |||
519 | TOC_EXPAND = NO | ||
520 | |||
521 | # The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at | ||
522 | # top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and | ||
523 | # the value YES disables it. | ||
524 | |||
525 | DISABLE_INDEX = YES | ||
526 | |||
527 | # This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) | ||
528 | # that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. | ||
529 | |||
530 | ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 | ||
531 | |||
532 | # If the GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is set to YES, a side panel will be | ||
533 | # generated containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that | ||
534 | # is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports | ||
535 | # JavaScript and frames is required (for instance Mozilla, Netscape 4.0+, | ||
536 | # or Internet explorer 4.0+). Note that for large projects the tree generation | ||
537 | # can take a very long time. In such cases it is better to disable this feature. | ||
538 | # Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. | ||
539 | |||
540 | GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO | ||
541 | |||
542 | # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be | ||
543 | # used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree | ||
544 | # is shown. | ||
545 | |||
546 | TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 | ||
547 | |||
548 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
549 | # configuration options related to the LaTeX output | ||
550 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
551 | |||
552 | # If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
553 | # generate Latex output. | ||
554 | |||
555 | GENERATE_LATEX = NO | ||
556 | |||
557 | # The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. | ||
558 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
559 | # put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. | ||
560 | |||
561 | LATEX_OUTPUT = | ||
562 | |||
563 | # The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. | ||
564 | |||
565 | LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex | ||
566 | |||
567 | # The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to | ||
568 | # generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the | ||
569 | # default command name. | ||
570 | |||
571 | MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex | ||
572 | |||
573 | # If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
574 | # LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
575 | # save some trees in general. | ||
576 | |||
577 | COMPACT_LATEX = NO | ||
578 | |||
579 | # The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used | ||
580 | # by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and | ||
581 | # executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. | ||
582 | |||
583 | PAPER_TYPE = a4wide | ||
584 | |||
585 | # The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX | ||
586 | # packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. | ||
587 | |||
588 | EXTRA_PACKAGES = | ||
589 | |||
590 | # The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for | ||
591 | # the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until | ||
592 | # the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
593 | # standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | ||
594 | |||
595 | LATEX_HEADER = | ||
596 | |||
597 | # If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated | ||
598 | # is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will | ||
599 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references | ||
600 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. | ||
601 | |||
602 | PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
603 | |||
604 | # If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of | ||
605 | # plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a | ||
606 | # higher quality PDF documentation. | ||
607 | |||
608 | USE_PDFLATEX = NO | ||
609 | |||
610 | # If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. | ||
611 | # command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep | ||
612 | # running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. | ||
613 | # This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. | ||
614 | |||
615 | LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO | ||
616 | |||
617 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
618 | # configuration options related to the RTF output | ||
619 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
620 | |||
621 | # If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output | ||
622 | # The RTF output is optimised for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with | ||
623 | # other RTF readers or editors. | ||
624 | |||
625 | GENERATE_RTF = NO | ||
626 | |||
627 | # The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. | ||
628 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
629 | # put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. | ||
630 | |||
631 | RTF_OUTPUT = | ||
632 | |||
633 | # If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
634 | # RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
635 | # save some trees in general. | ||
636 | |||
637 | COMPACT_RTF = NO | ||
638 | |||
639 | # If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated | ||
640 | # will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will | ||
641 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. | ||
642 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other | ||
643 | # programs which support those fields. | ||
644 | # Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. | ||
645 | |||
646 | RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
647 | |||
648 | # Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's | ||
649 | # config file, i.e. a series of assigments. You only have to provide | ||
650 | # replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. | ||
651 | |||
652 | RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = | ||
653 | |||
654 | # Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. | ||
655 | # Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. | ||
656 | |||
657 | RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = | ||
658 | |||
659 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
660 | # configuration options related to the man page output | ||
661 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
662 | |||
663 | # If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
664 | # generate man pages | ||
665 | |||
666 | GENERATE_MAN = NO | ||
667 | |||
668 | # The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. | ||
669 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
670 | # put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. | ||
671 | |||
672 | MAN_OUTPUT = | ||
673 | |||
674 | # The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to | ||
675 | # the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) | ||
676 | |||
677 | MAN_EXTENSION = .kde3 | ||
678 | |||
679 | # If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, | ||
680 | # then it will generate one additional man file for each entity | ||
681 | # documented in the real man page(s). These additional files | ||
682 | # only source the real man page, but without them the man command | ||
683 | # would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. | ||
684 | |||
685 | MAN_LINKS = YES | ||
686 | |||
687 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
688 | # configuration options related to the XML output | ||
689 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
690 | |||
691 | # If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
692 | # generate an XML file that captures the structure of | ||
693 | # the code including all documentation. Note that this | ||
694 | # feature is still experimental and incomplete at the | ||
695 | # moment. | ||
696 | |||
697 | GENERATE_XML = NO | ||
698 | |||
699 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
700 | # configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output | ||
701 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
702 | |||
703 | # If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
704 | # generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file | ||
705 | # that captures the structure of the code including all | ||
706 | # documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental | ||
707 | # and incomplete at the moment. | ||
708 | |||
709 | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO | ||
710 | |||
711 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
712 | # Configuration options related to the preprocessor | ||
713 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
714 | |||
715 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
716 | # evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include | ||
717 | # files. | ||
718 | |||
719 | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES | ||
720 | |||
721 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro | ||
722 | # names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional | ||
723 | # compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled | ||
724 | # way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. | ||
725 | |||
726 | MACRO_EXPANSION = NO | ||
727 | |||
728 | # If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES | ||
729 | # then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the | ||
730 | # PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_PREDEFINED tags. | ||
731 | |||
732 | EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO | ||
733 | |||
734 | # If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files | ||
735 | # in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found. | ||
736 | |||
737 | SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES | ||
738 | |||
739 | # The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
740 | # contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by | ||
741 | # the preprocessor. | ||
742 | |||
743 | INCLUDE_PATH = | ||
744 | |||
745 | # You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard | ||
746 | # patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the | ||
747 | # directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will | ||
748 | # be used. | ||
749 | |||
750 | INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = | ||
751 | |||
752 | # The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that | ||
753 | # are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of | ||
754 | # gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name | ||
755 | # or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are | ||
756 | # omitted =1 is assumed. | ||
757 | |||
758 | PREDEFINED = QT_VERSION=305 | ||
759 | |||
760 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_PREDEF_ONLY tags are set to YES then | ||
761 | # this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. | ||
762 | # The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. | ||
763 | # Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition. | ||
764 | |||
765 | EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = | ||
766 | |||
767 | # If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then | ||
768 | # doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone | ||
769 | # on a line and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros are typically | ||
770 | # used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not removed. | ||
771 | |||
772 | SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES | ||
773 | |||
774 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
775 | # Configuration::addtions related to external references | ||
776 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
777 | |||
778 | # The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. | ||
779 | |||
780 | TAGFILES = | ||
781 | |||
782 | # When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create | ||
783 | # a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. | ||
784 | |||
785 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = | ||
786 | |||
787 | # If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed | ||
788 | # in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes | ||
789 | # will be listed. | ||
790 | |||
791 | ALLEXTERNALS = NO | ||
792 | |||
793 | # If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed | ||
794 | # in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will | ||
795 | # be listed. | ||
796 | |||
797 | EXTERNAL_GROUPS = NO | ||
798 | |||
799 | # The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script | ||
800 | # interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). | ||
801 | |||
802 | PERL_PATH = | ||
803 | |||
804 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
805 | # Configuration options related to the dot tool | ||
806 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
807 | |||
808 | # If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
809 | # generate a inheritance diagram (in Html, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base or | ||
810 | # super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this | ||
811 | # option is superceded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a fallback. It is | ||
812 | # recommended to install and use dot, since it yield more powerful graphs. | ||
813 | |||
814 | CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES | ||
815 | |||
816 | # If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is | ||
817 | # available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization | ||
818 | # toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section | ||
819 | # have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) | ||
820 | |||
821 | HAVE_DOT = NO | ||
822 | |||
823 | # If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
824 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
825 | # indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the | ||
826 | # the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. | ||
827 | |||
828 | CLASS_GRAPH = YES | ||
829 | |||
830 | # If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
831 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
832 | # indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and | ||
833 | # class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. | ||
834 | |||
835 | COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES | ||
836 | |||
837 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the | ||
838 | # relations between templates and their instances. | ||
839 | |||
840 | TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = YES | ||
841 | |||
842 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide | ||
843 | # inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented | ||
844 | # or is not a class. | ||
845 | |||
846 | HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = NO | ||
847 | |||
848 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT | ||
849 | # tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented | ||
850 | # file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with | ||
851 | # other documented files. | ||
852 | |||
853 | INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES | ||
854 | |||
855 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and | ||
856 | # HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each | ||
857 | # documented header file showing the documented files that directly or | ||
858 | # indirectly include this file. | ||
859 | |||
860 | INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES | ||
861 | |||
862 | # If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
863 | # will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. | ||
864 | |||
865 | GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO | ||
866 | |||
867 | # The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images | ||
868 | # generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif | ||
869 | # If left blank png will be used. | ||
870 | |||
871 | DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png | ||
872 | |||
873 | # The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be | ||
874 | # found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found on the path. | ||
875 | |||
876 | DOT_PATH = | ||
877 | |||
878 | # The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
879 | # contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the | ||
880 | # \dotfile command). | ||
881 | |||
882 | DOTFILE_DIRS = | ||
883 | |||
884 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH tag can be used to set the maximum allowed width | ||
885 | # (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than | ||
886 | # this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within | ||
887 | # the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very | ||
888 | # large images. | ||
889 | |||
890 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH = 800 | ||
891 | |||
892 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT tag can be used to set the maximum allows height | ||
893 | # (in pixels) of the graphs generated by dot. If a graph becomes larger than | ||
894 | # this value, doxygen will try to truncate the graph, so that it fits within | ||
895 | # the specified constraint. Beware that most browsers cannot cope with very | ||
896 | # large images. | ||
897 | |||
898 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT = 1024 | ||
899 | |||
900 | # If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
901 | # generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and | ||
902 | # arrows in the dot generated graphs. | ||
903 | |||
904 | GENERATE_LEGEND = YES | ||
905 | |||
906 | # If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
907 | # remove the intermedate dot files that are used to generate | ||
908 | # the various graphs. | ||
909 | |||
910 | DOT_CLEANUP = YES | ||
911 | |||
912 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
913 | # Configuration::addtions related to the search engine | ||
914 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
915 | |||
916 | # The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be | ||
917 | # used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored. | ||
918 | |||
919 | SEARCHENGINE = NO | ||
920 | |||
921 | # The CGI_NAME tag should be the name of the CGI script that | ||
922 | # starts the search engine (doxysearch) with the correct parameters. | ||
923 | # A script with this name will be generated by doxygen. | ||
924 | |||
925 | CGI_NAME = | ||
926 | |||
927 | # The CGI_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the | ||
928 | # cgi binaries are located. See the documentation of your http daemon for | ||
929 | # details. | ||
930 | |||
931 | CGI_URL = | ||
932 | |||
933 | # The DOC_URL tag should be the absolute URL to the directory where the | ||
934 | # documentation is located. If left blank the absolute path to the | ||
935 | # documentation, with file:// prepended to it, will be used. | ||
936 | |||
937 | DOC_URL = | ||
938 | |||
939 | # The DOC_ABSPATH tag should be the absolute path to the directory where the | ||
940 | # documentation is located. If left blank the directory on the local machine | ||
941 | # will be used. | ||
942 | |||
943 | DOC_ABSPATH = | ||
944 | |||
945 | # The BIN_ABSPATH tag must point to the directory where the doxysearch binary | ||
946 | # is installed. | ||
947 | |||
948 | BIN_ABSPATH = | ||
949 | |||
950 | # The EXT_DOC_PATHS tag can be used to specify one or more paths to | ||
951 | # documentation generated for other projects. This allows doxysearch to search | ||
952 | # the documentation for these projects as well. | ||
953 | |||
954 | EXT_DOC_PATHS = | ||
955 | PROJECT_NAME = "libopie PIM" | ||
956 | PROJECT_NUMBER = "Version 0.9.3" | ||
957 | INPUT = . | ||
958 | IMAGE_PATH = ../../apidocs/api | ||
959 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ../../apidocs | ||
960 | HTML_OUTPUT = pim/html | ||
961 | LATEX_OUTPUT = pim/latex | ||
962 | RTF_OUTPUT = pim/rtf | ||
963 | MAN_OUTPUT = pim/man | ||
964 | GENERATE_HTML = yes | ||
965 | GENERATE_MAN = no | ||
966 | GENERATE_LATEX = no | ||
967 | TAGFILES = \ | ||
968 | ../../apidocs/qt/qt.tag=../../qt/ \ | ||
969 | ../../apidocs/libqpe/libqpe.tag=../../libqpe/html \ | ||
970 | ../../apidocs/libopie/libopie.tag=../../libopie/html | ||
971 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = ../../apidocs/pim/pim.tag | ||
972 | IGNORE_PREFIX = O | ||
973 | HAVE_DOT = YES | ||
diff --git a/doc/README b/doc/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d06dd6 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/README | |||
@@ -0,0 +1 @@ | |||
This is the src of our apidocs \ No newline at end of file | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/1.png b/doc/common/1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d47343 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/1.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/10.png b/doc/common/10.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..997bbc8 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/10.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/2.png b/doc/common/2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d09341 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/2.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/3.png b/doc/common/3.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ef7b700 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/3.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/4.png b/doc/common/4.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..adb8364 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/4.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/5.png b/doc/common/5.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d7eb46 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/5.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/6.png b/doc/common/6.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0ba694a --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/6.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/7.png b/doc/common/7.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..472e96f --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/7.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/8.png b/doc/common/8.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5e60973 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/8.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/9.png b/doc/common/9.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0676d2 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/9.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/artistic-license.html b/doc/common/artistic-license.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..2069b4e --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/artistic-license.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html40/strict.dtd"> | ||
3 | <HTML LANG="en-US"> | ||
4 | <HEAD> | ||
5 | <TITLE>The "Artistic License"</TITLE> | ||
6 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> | ||
7 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Language" CONTENT="en-US"> | ||
8 | <META NAME="description" CONTENT="Artistic License"> | ||
9 | <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="Artistic, artistic, Artistic License, Artistic license, Artisticlicense, artistic license, artisticlicense, Artistic Licence, Artistic licence, Artisticlicence, artistic licence, artisticlicence, license, licence, software, softwarelicense"> | ||
10 | <META NAME="robots" CONTENT="none"> | ||
11 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> | ||
12 | <LINK REL="stylesheet" HREF="kde-default.css" TYPE="text/css"> | ||
13 | </HEAD> | ||
14 | <BODY CLASS="license"> | ||
15 | <H1>The "Artistic License"</H1> | ||
16 | |||
17 | <H2>Preamble</H2> | ||
18 | |||
19 | <P>The intent of this document is to state the conditions under | ||
20 | which a Package may be copied, such that the Copyright Holder | ||
21 | maintains some semblance of artistic control over the | ||
22 | development of the package, while giving the users of the | ||
23 | package the right to use and distribute the Package in a | ||
24 | more-or-less customary fashion, plus the right to make | ||
25 | reasonable modifications.</P> | ||
26 | |||
27 | <H2>Definitions</H2> | ||
28 | |||
29 | |||
30 | <P>"Package" refers to the collection of files distributed by the | ||
31 | Copyright Holder, and derivatives of that collection of files | ||
32 | created through textual modification.</P> | ||
33 | |||
34 | <P>"Standard Version" refers to such a Package if it has not been | ||
35 | modified, or has been modified in accordance with the wishes of | ||
36 | the Copyright Holder as specified below.</P> | ||
37 | |||
38 | <P>"Copyright Holder" is whoever is named in the copyright or | ||
39 | copyrights for the package.</P> | ||
40 | |||
41 | <P>"You" is you, if you're thinking about copying or distributing | ||
42 | this Package.</P> | ||
43 | |||
44 | <P>"Reasonable copying fee" is whatever you can justify on the | ||
45 | basis of media cost, duplication charges, time of people | ||
46 | involved, and so on. (You will not be required to justify it to | ||
47 | the Copyright Holder, but only to the computing community at | ||
48 | large as a market that must bear the fee.)</P> | ||
49 | |||
50 | <P>"Freely Available" means that no fee is charged for the item | ||
51 | itself, though there may be fees involved in handling the | ||
52 | item. It also means that recipients of the item may redistribute | ||
53 | it under the same conditions they received it.</P> | ||
54 | |||
55 | |||
56 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: decimal;"> | ||
57 | <LI><DIV CLASS="li">You may make and give away verbatim copies of the source | ||
58 | form of the Standard Version of this Package without | ||
59 | restriction, provided that you duplicate all of the original | ||
60 | copyright notices and associated disclaimers.</DIV></LI> | ||
61 | |||
62 | <LI>You may apply bug fixes, portability fixes and other | ||
63 | modifications derived from the Public Domain or from the | ||
64 | Copyright Holder. A Package modified in such a way shall still | ||
65 | be considered the Standard Version.</LI> | ||
66 | |||
67 | <LI>You may otherwise modify your copy of this Package in any | ||
68 | way, provided that you insert a prominent notice in each | ||
69 | changed file stating how and when you changed that file, and | ||
70 | provided that you do at least ONE of the following: | ||
71 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
72 | <LI>place your modifications in the Public Domain or | ||
73 | otherwise make them Freely Available, such as by posting | ||
74 | said modifications to Usenet or an equivalent medium, or | ||
75 | placing the modifications on a major archive site such as | ||
76 | uunet.uu.net, or by allowing the Copyright Holder to | ||
77 | include your modifications in the Standard Version of the | ||
78 | Package.</LI> | ||
79 | |||
80 | <LI>use the modified Package only within your corporation or | ||
81 | organization.</LI> | ||
82 | |||
83 | <LI>rename any non-standard executables so the names do not | ||
84 | conflict with standard executables, which must also be | ||
85 | provided, and provide a separate manual page for each | ||
86 | non-standard executable that clearly documents how it | ||
87 | differs from the Standard Version. d. make other | ||
88 | distribution arrangements with the Copyright Holder.</LI> | ||
89 | </OL> | ||
90 | </LI> | ||
91 | </OL> | ||
92 | |||
93 | <P>You may distribute the programs of this Package in object code | ||
94 | or executable form, provided that you do at least ONE of the | ||
95 | following:</P> | ||
96 | |||
97 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
98 | <LI>distribute a Standard Version of the executables and library | ||
99 | files, together with instructions (in the manual page or | ||
100 | equivalent) on where to get the Standard Version.</LI> | ||
101 | |||
102 | <LI>accompany the distribution with the machine-readable source | ||
103 | of the Package with your modifications.</LI> | ||
104 | |||
105 | <LI>give non-standard executables non-standard names, and | ||
106 | clearly document the differences in manual pages (or | ||
107 | equivalent), together with instructions on where to get the | ||
108 | Standard Version.</LI> | ||
109 | |||
110 | <LI>make other distribution arrangements with the Copyright | ||
111 | Holder.</LI> | ||
112 | </OL> | ||
113 | |||
114 | <P>You may charge a reasonable copying fee for any distribution of | ||
115 | this Package. You may charge any fee you choose for support of | ||
116 | this Package. You may not charge a fee for this Package | ||
117 | itself. However, you may distribute this Package in aggregate | ||
118 | with other (possibly commercial) programs as part of a larger | ||
119 | (possibly commercial) software distribution provided that you do | ||
120 | not advertise this Package as a product of your own. You may | ||
121 | embed this Package's interpreter within an executable of yours | ||
122 | (by linking); this shall be construed as a mere form of | ||
123 | aggregation, provided that the complete Standard Version of the | ||
124 | interpreter is so embedded.</P> | ||
125 | |||
126 | <P>The scripts and library files supplied as input to or produced | ||
127 | as output from the programs of this Package do not automatically | ||
128 | fall under the copyright of this Package, but belong to whomever | ||
129 | generated them, and may be sold commercially, and may be | ||
130 | aggregated with this Package. If such scripts or library files | ||
131 | are aggregated with this Package via the so-called "undump" or | ||
132 | "unexec" methods of producing a binary executable image, then | ||
133 | distribution of such an image shall neither be construed as a | ||
134 | distribution of this Package nor shall it fall under the | ||
135 | restrictions of Paragraphs 3 and 4, provided that you do not | ||
136 | represent such an executable image as a Standard Version of this | ||
137 | Package.</P> | ||
138 | |||
139 | <P>C subroutines (or comparably compiled subroutines in other | ||
140 | languages) supplied by you and linked into this Package in order | ||
141 | to emulate subroutines and variables of the language defined by | ||
142 | this Package shall not be considered part of this Package, but | ||
143 | are the equivalent of input as in Paragraph 6, provided these | ||
144 | subroutines do not change the language in any way that would | ||
145 | cause it to fail the regression tests for the language.</P> | ||
146 | |||
147 | <P>Aggregation of this Package with a commercial distribution is | ||
148 | always permitted provided that the use of this Package is | ||
149 | embedded; that is, when no overt attempt is made to make this | ||
150 | Package's interfaces visible to the end user of the commercial | ||
151 | distribution. Such use shall not be construed as a distribution | ||
152 | of this Package.</P> | ||
153 | |||
154 | <P>The name of the Copyright Holder may not be used to endorse or | ||
155 | promote products derived from this software without specific | ||
156 | prior written permission.</P> | ||
157 | |||
158 | <P>THIS PACKAGE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR | ||
159 | IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED | ||
160 | WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR | ||
161 | PURPOSE.</P> | ||
162 | |||
163 | <DIV STYLE="text-align: center;">The End</DIV> | ||
164 | </BODY> | ||
165 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/bottom1.png b/doc/common/bottom1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf26bf4 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/bottom1.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/bottom2.png b/doc/common/bottom2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0515155 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/bottom2.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/bsd-license.html b/doc/common/bsd-license.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..422bb33 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/bsd-license.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html40/strict.dtd"> | ||
3 | <HTML LANG="en-US"> | ||
4 | <HEAD> | ||
5 | <TITLE>BSD License</TITLE> | ||
6 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> | ||
7 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Language" CONTENT="en-US"> | ||
8 | <META NAME="description" CONTENT="BSD License"> | ||
9 | <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="BSD, bsd, Bsd, license, licence, software, free software, softwarelicense, BSD Software license"> | ||
10 | <META NAME="robots" CONTENT="none"> | ||
11 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> | ||
12 | <LINK REL="stylesheet" HREF="kde-default.css" TYPE="text/css"> | ||
13 | </HEAD> | ||
14 | <BODY CLASS="license"> | ||
15 | <H1>BSD License</H1> | ||
16 | |||
17 | <P>Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or | ||
18 | without modification, are permitted provided that the following | ||
19 | conditions are met:</P> | ||
20 | |||
21 | <OL> | ||
22 | <LI>Redistributions of source code must retain the above | ||
23 | copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following | ||
24 | disclaimer.</LI> | ||
25 | |||
26 | <LI>Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above | ||
27 | copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following | ||
28 | disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials | ||
29 | provided with the distribution.</LI> | ||
30 | </OL> | ||
31 | |||
32 | <P>THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY | ||
33 | EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, | ||
34 | THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A | ||
35 | PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR | ||
36 | BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, | ||
37 | EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED | ||
38 | TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, | ||
39 | DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND | ||
40 | ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT | ||
41 | LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING | ||
42 | IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF | ||
43 | THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.</P> | ||
44 | </BODY> | ||
45 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/docheadergears.png b/doc/common/docheadergears.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bd254c --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/docheadergears.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/doctop1.png b/doc/common/doctop1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ddb33d --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/doctop1.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/doctop1a-online.png b/doc/common/doctop1a-online.png new file mode 100755 index 0000000..0e7512a --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/doctop1a-online.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/doctop1a.png b/doc/common/doctop1a.png new file mode 100755 index 0000000..123284c --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/doctop1a.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/doctop1b.png b/doc/common/doctop1b.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..428a6e8 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/doctop1b.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/doctop2-online.png b/doc/common/doctop2-online.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f9e744 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/doctop2-online.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/doctop2.png b/doc/common/doctop2.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..400ed5f --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/doctop2.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/doxygen.css b/doc/common/doxygen.css new file mode 100755 index 0000000..b20213b --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/doxygen.css | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ | |||
1 | /******************************************************************************* | ||
2 | |||
3 | Style sheet for kdelibs doxygen documentation. | ||
4 | Copyright (c) Anders Lund <anders@alweb.dk> 2002 | ||
5 | |||
6 | This script is made available under the terms of the General Public Licence. | ||
7 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
8 | along with this software; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | ||
9 | the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, | ||
10 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. | ||
11 | |||
12 | ********************************************************************************/ | ||
13 | |||
14 | body { | ||
15 | margin: 0px; | ||
16 | color: black; | ||
17 | background-color: white; | ||
18 | } | ||
19 | |||
20 | a { | ||
21 | color: #0000C0; | ||
22 | } | ||
23 | |||
24 | /* decorative header */ | ||
25 | div.header { | ||
26 | background-color: #0855C5; | ||
27 | background-image: url("headerbg.png"); | ||
28 | } | ||
29 | div.header table { | ||
30 | padding: 0px; | ||
31 | margin: 0px | ||
32 | } | ||
33 | div.header table tr td h1 { | ||
34 | color: white; | ||
35 | font: bold 20pt courier; | ||
36 | padding-top: 0.5em; | ||
37 | } | ||
38 | |||
39 | /* global lind buttons at bottom of decorative header */ | ||
40 | table.links { | ||
41 | float: right; | ||
42 | border:0; | ||
43 | padding-left:1px | ||
44 | } | ||
45 | table.links td a { | ||
46 | color: white | ||
47 | } | ||
48 | table.links td:hover { | ||
49 | background-color:#0C4293; | ||
50 | } | ||
51 | table.links td a:hover { | ||
52 | color: white; | ||
53 | background-color:#0C4293 | ||
54 | } | ||
55 | table.links td { | ||
56 | border-left: 1px solid #4A81D5; | ||
57 | padding: 0px 12px 0px 12px; | ||
58 | background-color:#0E4EAF; | ||
59 | font-size:9pt; | ||
60 | /*font-weight: bold;*/ | ||
61 | } | ||
62 | |||
63 | /* little gradient below decorative/navigation header */ | ||
64 | div#hgrad { | ||
65 | height: 12px; | ||
66 | background-image: url("grad.png"); | ||
67 | } | ||
68 | |||
69 | /* contents part of page */ | ||
70 | div.text { | ||
71 | margin: 12px | ||
72 | } | ||
73 | |||
74 | /* contents, mostly equivalent to the default doxugen style sheet */ | ||
75 | H1 { text-align: center; } | ||
76 | CAPTION { font-weight: bold } | ||
77 | A.qindex {} | ||
78 | A.qindexRef {} | ||
79 | A.el { text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold } | ||
80 | A.elRef { font-weight: bold } | ||
81 | A.code { text-decoration: none; font-weight: normal; color: #4444ee } | ||
82 | A.codeRef { font-weight: normal; color: #4444ee } | ||
83 | A:hover { text-decoration: none; background-color: #ececec } | ||
84 | DL.el { margin-left: -1cm } | ||
85 | DIV.fragment { width: 100%; border: none; background-color: #ffffee; padding: 12px } | ||
86 | DIV.ah { background-color: navy; font-weight: bold; color: #ffffff; margin-bottom: 3px; margin-top: 3px } | ||
87 | TD.md { background-color: #ececec; font-weight: bold; } | ||
88 | TD.mdname1 { background-color: #ececec; font-weight: bold; color: #602020; } | ||
89 | TD.mdname { background-color: #ececec; font-weight: bold; color: #602020; width: 600px; } | ||
90 | DIV.groupHeader { margin-left: 16px; margin-top: 12px; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: bold } | ||
91 | DIV.groupText { margin-left: 16px; font-style: italic; font-size: smaller } | ||
92 | BODY { background: white } | ||
93 | TD.indexkey { | ||
94 | background-color: #e0eef8; | ||
95 | font-weight: bold; | ||
96 | padding-right : 10px; | ||
97 | padding-top : 2px; | ||
98 | padding-left : 10px; | ||
99 | padding-bottom : 2px; | ||
100 | margin-left : 0px; | ||
101 | margin-right : 0px; | ||
102 | margin-top : 2px; | ||
103 | margin-bottom : 2px | ||
104 | } | ||
105 | TD.indexvalue { | ||
106 | background-color: #e0eef8; | ||
107 | font-style: normal; | ||
108 | padding-right : 10px; | ||
109 | padding-top : 2px; | ||
110 | padding-left : 10px; | ||
111 | padding-bottom : 2px; | ||
112 | margin-left : 0px; | ||
113 | margin-right : 0px; | ||
114 | margin-top : 2px; | ||
115 | margin-bottom : 2px | ||
116 | } | ||
117 | FONT.keyword { color: #008000 } | ||
118 | FONT.keywordtype { color: #604020 } | ||
119 | FONT.keywordflow { color: #e08000 } | ||
120 | FONT.comment { color: #800000 } | ||
121 | FONT.preprocessor { color: #806020 } | ||
122 | FONT.stringliteral { color: #002080 } | ||
123 | FONT.charliteral { color: #008080 } | ||
124 | |||
125 | |||
126 | |||
127 | /* kde decoration at bottom */ | ||
128 | div#bottom-nav { | ||
129 | position : relative; | ||
130 | background-color: transparent; | ||
131 | /*width : 100%;*/ | ||
132 | /*top: 0px; | ||
133 | left: 0px; | ||
134 | right: 0px; | ||
135 | margin-left: 0px; | ||
136 | margin-right:0px;*/ | ||
137 | margin-top: 12px; | ||
138 | height: 50px; | ||
139 | background-image : url('bottom1.png'); | ||
140 | background-repeat : repeat-x; | ||
141 | } | ||
142 | |||
143 | /* copyright etc at bottom */ | ||
144 | div.bottom { | ||
145 | margin: 12px; | ||
146 | font-size: 9pt; | ||
147 | text-align: right; | ||
148 | } | ||
149 | div.bottom a { | ||
150 | color: #aaaaaa | ||
151 | } | ||
152 | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/fdl-license.html b/doc/common/fdl-license.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b78a5a --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/fdl-license.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html40/strict.dtd"> | ||
3 | <HTML LANG="en-US"> | ||
4 | <HEAD> | ||
5 | <TITLE>GNU Free Documentation License - version 1.1</TITLE> | ||
6 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> | ||
7 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Language" CONTENT="en-US"> | ||
8 | <META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU free documentation license (for inclusion in documentation files)"> | ||
9 | <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="gnu, Gnu, GNU, license, licence, software, free software, software license, software licence, GNU general public license, GNU General Public License, documentation licence, documentation license, documentation, GNU free documentation license, GNU Free Documentation License"> | ||
10 | <META NAME="robots" CONTENT="none"> | ||
11 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> | ||
12 | <LINK REL="stylesheet" HREF="kde-default.css" TYPE="text/css"> | ||
13 | </HEAD> | ||
14 | <BODY CLASS="license"> | ||
15 | <H1>GNU Free Documentation License</H1> | ||
16 | Version 1.1, March 2000 | ||
17 | |||
18 | <P>Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
19 | 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<BR> | ||
20 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
21 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</P> | ||
22 | |||
23 | <H2>0. Preamble</H2> | ||
24 | |||
25 | <P>The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other | ||
26 | written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone | ||
27 | the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without | ||
28 | modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, | ||
29 | this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get | ||
30 | credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for | ||
31 | modifications made by others.</P> | ||
32 | |||
33 | <P>This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative | ||
34 | works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It | ||
35 | complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft | ||
36 | license designed for free software.</P> | ||
37 | |||
38 | <P>We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free | ||
39 | software, because free software needs free documentation: a free | ||
40 | program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the | ||
41 | software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; | ||
42 | it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or | ||
43 | whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License | ||
44 | principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.</P> | ||
45 | |||
46 | <H2>1. Applicability And Definitions</H2> | ||
47 | |||
48 | <P>This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a | ||
49 | notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed | ||
50 | under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any | ||
51 | such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is | ||
52 | addressed as "you".</P> | ||
53 | |||
54 | <P>A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the | ||
55 | Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with | ||
56 | modifications and/or translated into another language.</P> | ||
57 | |||
58 | <P>A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of | ||
59 | the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the | ||
60 | publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject | ||
61 | (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly | ||
62 | within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a | ||
63 | textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any | ||
64 | mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical | ||
65 | connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, | ||
66 | commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding | ||
67 | them.</P> | ||
68 | |||
69 | <P>The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles | ||
70 | are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice | ||
71 | that says that the Document is released under this License.</P> | ||
72 | |||
73 | <P>The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, | ||
74 | as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that | ||
75 | the Document is released under this License.</P> | ||
76 | |||
77 | <P>A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, | ||
78 | represented in a format whose specification is available to the | ||
79 | general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and | ||
80 | straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of | ||
81 | pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available | ||
82 | drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or | ||
83 | for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input | ||
84 | to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file | ||
85 | format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage | ||
86 | subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is | ||
87 | not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".</P> | ||
88 | |||
89 | <P>Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain | ||
90 | ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML | ||
91 | or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple | ||
92 | HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include | ||
93 | PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only | ||
94 | by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or | ||
95 | processing tools are not generally available, and the | ||
96 | machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output | ||
97 | purposes only.</P> | ||
98 | |||
99 | <P>The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, | ||
100 | plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material | ||
101 | this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in | ||
102 | formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means | ||
103 | the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, | ||
104 | preceding the beginning of the body of the text.</P> | ||
105 | |||
106 | <H2>2. Verbatim Copying</H2> | ||
107 | |||
108 | <P>You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either | ||
109 | commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the | ||
110 | copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies | ||
111 | to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other | ||
112 | conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use | ||
113 | technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further | ||
114 | copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept | ||
115 | compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough | ||
116 | number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.</P> | ||
117 | |||
118 | <P>You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and | ||
119 | you may publicly display copies.</P> | ||
120 | |||
121 | <H2>3. Copying In Quantity</H2> | ||
122 | |||
123 | <P>If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, | ||
124 | and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose | ||
125 | the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover | ||
126 | Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on | ||
127 | the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify | ||
128 | you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present | ||
129 | the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and | ||
130 | visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. | ||
131 | Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve | ||
132 | the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated | ||
133 | as verbatim copying in other respects.</P> | ||
134 | |||
135 | <P>If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit | ||
136 | legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit | ||
137 | reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent | ||
138 | pages.</P> | ||
139 | |||
140 | <P>If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering | ||
141 | more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent | ||
142 | copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy | ||
143 | a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete | ||
144 | Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the | ||
145 | general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no | ||
146 | charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter | ||
147 | option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin | ||
148 | distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this | ||
149 | Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location | ||
150 | until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque | ||
151 | copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to | ||
152 | the public.</P> | ||
153 | |||
154 | <P>It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the | ||
155 | Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give | ||
156 | them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.</P> | ||
157 | |||
158 | <H2>4. Modifications</H2> | ||
159 | |||
160 | <P>You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under | ||
161 | the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release | ||
162 | the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified | ||
163 | Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution | ||
164 | and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy | ||
165 | of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:</P> | ||
166 | |||
167 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: upper-alpha;"> | ||
168 | <LI>Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct | ||
169 | from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions | ||
170 | (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section | ||
171 | of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous | ||
172 | version if the original publisher of that version gives | ||
173 | permission.</LI> | ||
174 | |||
175 | <LI>List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or | ||
176 | entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the | ||
177 | Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal | ||
178 | authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has | ||
179 | less than five).</LI> | ||
180 | |||
181 | <LI>State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modified | ||
182 | Version, as the publisher.</LI> | ||
183 | |||
184 | <LI>Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.</LI> | ||
185 | |||
186 | <LI>Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications | ||
187 | adjacent to the other copyright notices.</LI> | ||
188 | |||
189 | <LI>Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice | ||
190 | giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the | ||
191 | terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum | ||
192 | below.</LI> | ||
193 | |||
194 | <LI>Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant | ||
195 | Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license | ||
196 | notice.</LI> | ||
197 | |||
198 | <LI>Include an unaltered copy of this License.</LI> | ||
199 | |||
200 | <LI>Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to | ||
201 | it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and | ||
202 | publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If | ||
203 | there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one | ||
204 | stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as | ||
205 | given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified | ||
206 | Version as stated in the previous sentence.</LI> | ||
207 | |||
208 | <LI>Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for | ||
209 | public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise | ||
210 | the network locations given in the Document for previous versions | ||
211 | it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. | ||
212 | You may omit a network location for a work that was published at | ||
213 | least four years before the Document itself, or if the original | ||
214 | publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.</LI> | ||
215 | |||
216 | <LI>In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", | ||
217 | preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the | ||
218 | substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements | ||
219 | and/or dedications given therein.</LI> | ||
220 | |||
221 | <LI>Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in | ||
222 | their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent | ||
223 | are not considered part of the section titles.</LI> | ||
224 | |||
225 | <LI>Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may | ||
226 | not be included in the Modified Version.</LI> | ||
227 | |||
228 | <LI>Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to | ||
229 | conflict in title with any Invariant Section.</LI> | ||
230 | </OL> | ||
231 | |||
232 | <P>If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or | ||
233 | appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material | ||
234 | copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all | ||
235 | of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the | ||
236 | list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. | ||
237 | These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.</P> | ||
238 | |||
239 | <P>You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains | ||
240 | nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various | ||
241 | parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has | ||
242 | been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a | ||
243 | standard.</P> | ||
244 | |||
245 | <P>You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a | ||
246 | passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list | ||
247 | of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of | ||
248 | Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or | ||
249 | through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already | ||
250 | includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or | ||
251 | by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, | ||
252 | you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit | ||
253 | permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.</P> | ||
254 | |||
255 | <P>The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License | ||
256 | give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or | ||
257 | imply endorsement of any Modified Version.</P> | ||
258 | |||
259 | <H2>5. Combining Documents</H2> | ||
260 | |||
261 | <P>You may combine the Document with other documents released under this | ||
262 | License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified | ||
263 | versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the | ||
264 | Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and | ||
265 | list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its | ||
266 | license notice.</P> | ||
267 | |||
268 | <P>The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and | ||
269 | multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single | ||
270 | copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but | ||
271 | different contents, make the title of each such section unique by | ||
272 | adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original | ||
273 | author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. | ||
274 | Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of | ||
275 | Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.</P> | ||
276 | |||
277 | <P>In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" | ||
278 | in the various original documents, forming one section entitled | ||
279 | "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", | ||
280 | and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections | ||
281 | entitled "Endorsements."</P> | ||
282 | |||
283 | <H2>6. Collections Of Documents</H2> | ||
284 | |||
285 | <P>You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents | ||
286 | released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this | ||
287 | License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in | ||
288 | the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for | ||
289 | verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.</P> | ||
290 | |||
291 | <P>You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute | ||
292 | it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this | ||
293 | License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all | ||
294 | other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.</P> | ||
295 | |||
296 | <H2>7. Aggregation With Independent Works</H2> | ||
297 | |||
298 | <P>A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate | ||
299 | and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or | ||
300 | distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version | ||
301 | of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the | ||
302 | compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this | ||
303 | License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled | ||
304 | with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they | ||
305 | are not themselves derivative works of the Document.</P> | ||
306 | |||
307 | <P>If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these | ||
308 | copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter | ||
309 | of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on | ||
310 | covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. | ||
311 | Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.</P> | ||
312 | |||
313 | <H2>8. Translation</H2> | ||
314 | |||
315 | <P>Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may | ||
316 | distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. | ||
317 | Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special | ||
318 | permission from their copyright holders, but you may include | ||
319 | translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the | ||
320 | original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a | ||
321 | translation of this License provided that you also include the | ||
322 | original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement | ||
323 | between the translation and the original English version of this | ||
324 | License, the original English version will prevail.</P> | ||
325 | |||
326 | <H2>9. Termination</H2> | ||
327 | |||
328 | <P>You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except | ||
329 | as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to | ||
330 | copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will | ||
331 | automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, | ||
332 | parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this | ||
333 | License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such | ||
334 | parties remain in full compliance.</P> | ||
335 | |||
336 | <H2>10. Future Revisions Of This License</H2> | ||
337 | |||
338 | <P>The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions | ||
339 | of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new | ||
340 | versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may | ||
341 | differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See | ||
342 | <A HREF="http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/">http:///www.gnu.org/copyleft/</A>.</P> | ||
343 | |||
344 | <P>Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. | ||
345 | If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this | ||
346 | License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of | ||
347 | following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or | ||
348 | of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the | ||
349 | Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version | ||
350 | number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not | ||
351 | as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.</P> | ||
352 | </BODY> | ||
353 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/footer.html b/doc/common/footer.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..2da58d0 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/footer.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ | |||
1 | </div> | ||
2 | <div id="bottom-nav"> | ||
3 | <img src="../../common/bottom2.png" align="right" height="59" width="227" alt="KDE Logo"> | ||
4 | </div> | ||
5 | <div class="bottom"> | ||
6 | This file is part of the documentation for OPIE $projectnumber. | ||
7 | </div> | ||
8 | <div class="bottom" style="color:#cccccc"> | ||
9 | Documentation copyright © 1997-2003 the KDE developers. 2003 OPIE developers<br> | ||
10 | Generated on $datetime by | ||
11 | <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">doxygen</a> $doxygenversion written by <a href="mailto:dimitri@stack.nl">Dimitri van Heesch</a>, © 1997-2001 | ||
12 | </div> | ||
13 | </body> | ||
14 | </html> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/gpl-license.html b/doc/common/gpl-license.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddb5166 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/gpl-license.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html40/strict.dtd"> | ||
3 | <HTML LANG="en-US"> | ||
4 | <HEAD> | ||
5 | <TITLE>GNU General Public License</TITLE> | ||
6 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> | ||
7 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Language" CONTENT="en-US"> | ||
8 | <META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU general public license (for inclusion in distributions)"> | ||
9 | <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="gnu, Gnu, GNU, license, licence, software, free software, software license, software licence, GNU general public license, GNU General Public License"> | ||
10 | <META NAME="robots" CONTENT="none"> | ||
11 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> | ||
12 | <LINK REL="stylesheet" HREF="kde-default.css" TYPE="text/css"> | ||
13 | </HEAD> | ||
14 | <BODY CLASS="license"> | ||
15 | <H1>GNU General Public License</H1> | ||
16 | <P>Version 2, June 1991</P> | ||
17 | |||
18 | <P>Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
19 | 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<BR> | ||
20 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
21 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</P> | ||
22 | |||
23 | <H2>Preamble</H2> | ||
24 | |||
25 | <P>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your | ||
26 | freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public | ||
27 | License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free | ||
28 | software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This | ||
29 | General Public License applies to most of the Free Software | ||
30 | Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to | ||
31 | using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by | ||
32 | the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to | ||
33 | your programs, too.</P> | ||
34 | |||
35 | <P>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not | ||
36 | price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you | ||
37 | have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for | ||
38 | this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it | ||
39 | if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it | ||
40 | in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.</P> | ||
41 | |||
42 | <P>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid | ||
43 | anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. | ||
44 | These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you | ||
45 | distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.</P> | ||
46 | |||
47 | <P>For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether | ||
48 | gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that | ||
49 | you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the | ||
50 | source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their | ||
51 | rights.</P> | ||
52 | |||
53 | <P>We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and | ||
54 | (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, | ||
55 | distribute and/or modify the software.</P> | ||
56 | |||
57 | <P>Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain | ||
58 | that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free | ||
59 | software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we | ||
60 | want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so | ||
61 | that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original | ||
62 | authors' reputations.</P> | ||
63 | |||
64 | <P>Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software | ||
65 | patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free | ||
66 | program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the | ||
67 | program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any | ||
68 | patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.</P> | ||
69 | |||
70 | <P>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and | ||
71 | modification follow.</P> | ||
72 | |||
73 | <H2><A NAME="show-c">GNU General Public License<BR> | ||
74 | Terms And Conditions For Copying, Distribution And Modification</A></H2> | ||
75 | |||
76 | <P>0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains | ||
77 | a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed | ||
78 | under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, | ||
79 | refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" | ||
80 | means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: | ||
81 | that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, | ||
82 | either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another | ||
83 | language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in | ||
84 | the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".</P> | ||
85 | |||
86 | <P>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not | ||
87 | covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of | ||
88 | running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program | ||
89 | is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the | ||
90 | Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). | ||
91 | Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.</P> | ||
92 | |||
93 | <P>1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's | ||
94 | source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you | ||
95 | conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate | ||
96 | copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the | ||
97 | notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; | ||
98 | and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License | ||
99 | along with the Program.</P> | ||
100 | |||
101 | <P>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and | ||
102 | you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.</P> | ||
103 | |||
104 | <P>2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion | ||
105 | of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and | ||
106 | distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 | ||
107 | above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:</P> | ||
108 | |||
109 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
110 | <LI> | ||
111 | <P>You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices | ||
112 | stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.</P> | ||
113 | </LI> | ||
114 | |||
115 | <LI> | ||
116 | <P>You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in | ||
117 | whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any | ||
118 | part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third | ||
119 | parties under the terms of this License.</P> | ||
120 | </LI> | ||
121 | |||
122 | <LI> | ||
123 | <P>If the modified program normally reads commands interactively | ||
124 | when run, you must cause it, when started running for such | ||
125 | interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an | ||
126 | announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a | ||
127 | notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide | ||
128 | a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under | ||
129 | these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this | ||
130 | License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but | ||
131 | does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on | ||
132 | the Program is not required to print an announcement.)</P> | ||
133 | </LI> | ||
134 | </OL> | ||
135 | |||
136 | <P>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If | ||
137 | identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, | ||
138 | and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in | ||
139 | themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those | ||
140 | sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you | ||
141 | distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based | ||
142 | on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of | ||
143 | this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the | ||
144 | entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.</P> | ||
145 | |||
146 | <P>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest | ||
147 | your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to | ||
148 | exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or | ||
149 | collective works based on the Program.</P> | ||
150 | |||
151 | <P>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program | ||
152 | with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of | ||
153 | a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under | ||
154 | the scope of this License.</P> | ||
155 | |||
156 | <P>3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, | ||
157 | under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of | ||
158 | Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:</P> | ||
159 | |||
160 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
161 | <LI> | ||
162 | <P>Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable | ||
163 | source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections | ||
164 | 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,</P> | ||
165 | </LI> | ||
166 | |||
167 | <LI> | ||
168 | <P>Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three | ||
169 | years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your | ||
170 | cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete | ||
171 | machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be | ||
172 | distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium | ||
173 | customarily used for software interchange; or,</P> | ||
174 | </LI> | ||
175 | |||
176 | <LI> | ||
177 | <P>Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer | ||
178 | to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is | ||
179 | allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you | ||
180 | received the program in object code or executable form with such | ||
181 | an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)</P> | ||
182 | </LI> | ||
183 | </OL> | ||
184 | |||
185 | <P>The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for | ||
186 | making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source | ||
187 | code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any | ||
188 | associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to | ||
189 | control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a | ||
190 | special exception, the source code distributed need not include | ||
191 | anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary | ||
192 | form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the | ||
193 | operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component | ||
194 | itself accompanies the executable.</P> | ||
195 | |||
196 | <P>If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering | ||
197 | access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent | ||
198 | access to copy the source code from the same place counts as | ||
199 | distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not | ||
200 | compelled to copy the source along with the object code.</P> | ||
201 | |||
202 | <P>4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program | ||
203 | except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt | ||
204 | otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is | ||
205 | void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. | ||
206 | However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under | ||
207 | this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such | ||
208 | parties remain in full compliance.</P> | ||
209 | |||
210 | <P>5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not | ||
211 | signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or | ||
212 | distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are | ||
213 | prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by | ||
214 | modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the | ||
215 | Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and | ||
216 | all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying | ||
217 | the Program or works based on it.</P> | ||
218 | |||
219 | <P>6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the | ||
220 | Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the | ||
221 | original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to | ||
222 | these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further | ||
223 | restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. | ||
224 | You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to | ||
225 | this License.</P> | ||
226 | |||
227 | <P>7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent | ||
228 | infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), | ||
229 | conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or | ||
230 | otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not | ||
231 | excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot | ||
232 | distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this | ||
233 | License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you | ||
234 | may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent | ||
235 | license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by | ||
236 | all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then | ||
237 | the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to | ||
238 | refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.</P> | ||
239 | |||
240 | <P>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under | ||
241 | any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to | ||
242 | apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other | ||
243 | circumstances.</P> | ||
244 | |||
245 | <P>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any | ||
246 | patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any | ||
247 | such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the | ||
248 | integrity of the free software distribution system, which is | ||
249 | implemented by public license practices. Many people have made | ||
250 | generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed | ||
251 | through that system in reliance on consistent application of that | ||
252 | system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing | ||
253 | to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot | ||
254 | impose that choice.</P> | ||
255 | |||
256 | <P>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to | ||
257 | be a consequence of the rest of this License.</P> | ||
258 | |||
259 | <P>8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in | ||
260 | certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the | ||
261 | original copyright holder who places the Program under this License | ||
262 | may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding | ||
263 | those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among | ||
264 | countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates | ||
265 | the limitation as if written in the body of this License.</P> | ||
266 | |||
267 | <P>9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions | ||
268 | of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will | ||
269 | be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to | ||
270 | address new problems or concerns.</P> | ||
271 | |||
272 | <P>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program | ||
273 | specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any | ||
274 | later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions | ||
275 | either of that version or of any later version published by the Free | ||
276 | Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of | ||
277 | this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software | ||
278 | Foundation.</P> | ||
279 | |||
280 | <P>10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free | ||
281 | programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author | ||
282 | to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free | ||
283 | Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes | ||
284 | make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals | ||
285 | of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and | ||
286 | of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.</P> | ||
287 | |||
288 | <H2><A NAME="show-w">No Warranty</A></H2> | ||
289 | |||
290 | <P>11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY | ||
291 | FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN | ||
292 | OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES | ||
293 | PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED | ||
294 | OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF | ||
295 | MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS | ||
296 | TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE | ||
297 | PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, | ||
298 | REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</P> | ||
299 | |||
300 | <P>12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING | ||
301 | WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR | ||
302 | REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, | ||
303 | INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING | ||
304 | OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED | ||
305 | TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY | ||
306 | YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER | ||
307 | PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE | ||
308 | POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</P> | ||
309 | |||
310 | <DIV STYLE="text-align: center;">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</DIV> | ||
311 | |||
312 | <hr> | ||
313 | |||
314 | <h2>How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs</h2> | ||
315 | |||
316 | <p>If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest | ||
317 | possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it | ||
318 | free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these | ||
319 | terms.</p> | ||
320 | |||
321 | |||
322 | <p>To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is | ||
323 | safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most | ||
324 | effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should | ||
325 | have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full | ||
326 | notice is found.</p> | ||
327 | |||
328 | |||
329 | <pre> <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> | ||
330 | Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> | ||
331 | |||
332 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
333 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
334 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or | ||
335 | (at your option) any later version. | ||
336 | |||
337 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
338 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
339 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
340 | GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
341 | |||
342 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
343 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | ||
344 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA</pre> | ||
345 | |||
346 | <p>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper | ||
347 | mail.</p> | ||
348 | |||
349 | <p>If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this | ||
350 | when it starts in an interactive mode:</p> | ||
351 | |||
352 | <pre> Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author | ||
353 | Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. | ||
354 | This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it | ||
355 | under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.</pre> | ||
356 | |||
357 | <p>The hypothetical commands "show w" and "show c" should show the appropriate | ||
358 | parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may | ||
359 | be called something other than "show w" and "show c"; they could even be | ||
360 | mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.</p> | ||
361 | |||
362 | <p>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your | ||
363 | school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if | ||
364 | necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:</p> | ||
365 | |||
366 | <pre> Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program | ||
367 | `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. | ||
368 | |||
369 | <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 | ||
370 | Ty Coon, President of Vice</pre> | ||
371 | |||
372 | <p>This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into | ||
373 | proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may | ||
374 | consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the | ||
375 | library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General | ||
376 | Public License instead of this License.</p> | ||
377 | |||
378 | |||
379 | |||
380 | </BODY> | ||
381 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/grad.png b/doc/common/grad.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0c7f40 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/grad.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/header.html b/doc/common/header.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..621e0e8 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/header.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN"> | ||
2 | <html> | ||
3 | <head> | ||
4 | <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8"> | ||
5 | <title>$title ($projectname)</title> | ||
6 | <link href="../../common/doxygen.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css"> | ||
7 | </head> | ||
8 | <div class="header"> | ||
9 | <table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> | ||
10 | <tr> | ||
11 | <td rowspan="2" width="92"> | ||
12 | <a href="../../index.html" title="The API documentation main page"><img src="../../common/docheadergears.png" style="border:0px;" alt=""></a> | ||
13 | </td> | ||
14 | <td width="95%"> | ||
15 | <h1>$projectname API Documentation</h1> | ||
16 | </td> | ||
17 | </tr> | ||
18 | <tr> | ||
19 | <td valign="bottom"> | ||
20 | <table class="links" border=0 cellspacing=0> | ||
21 | <tr> | ||
22 | <td><a href="index.html">Overview</a></td> | ||
23 | <td><a href="hierarchy.html" title="Inheritance list, sorted roughly alphabetically">Class Hierarchy</a></td> | ||
24 | <td><a href="classes.html" title="Alphabetical list of classes">Classes</a></td> | ||
25 | <td><a href="annotated.html" title="Classes, structs, unions and interfaces with brief descriptions">Classes (annotated)</a></td> | ||
26 | <td><a href="functions.html" title="Documented class members with links to the classes they belong to">Members</a></td> | ||
27 | <!-- td><a href="namespaces.html" title="All documented namespaces with brief descriptions">Namespaces</a></td--> | ||
28 | <td><a href="files.html" title="A list of all documented files with brief descriptions">Source Files</a></td> | ||
29 | </tr> | ||
30 | </table> | ||
31 | </td></tr></table> | ||
32 | </div> | ||
33 | <div id="hgrad"></div> | ||
34 | <div class="text"> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/headerbg.png b/doc/common/headerbg.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cb7481f --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/headerbg.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/kde-common.css b/doc/common/kde-common.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dcd35ef --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/kde-common.css | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ | |||
1 | /* | ||
2 | KDE-wide persistent CSS for HTML documentation (all media types). | ||
3 | Copyright (C) 2000 Frederik Fouvry | ||
4 | |||
5 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
6 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
7 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or | ||
8 | (at your option) any later version. | ||
9 | |||
10 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
11 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
12 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
13 | GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
14 | |||
15 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
16 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | ||
17 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | ||
18 | |||
19 | Send comments, suggestions, etc. to Frederik Fouvry | ||
20 | <fouvry@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.de>. | ||
21 | */ | ||
22 | |||
23 | /* | ||
24 | Important note: these setting cannot be overridden, except by switching | ||
25 | off style sheets alltogether. | ||
26 | |||
27 | Any updates should be validated, e.g. http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/ | ||
28 | |||
29 | Check out http://www.richinstyle.com/ where many of the declarations and | ||
30 | setup in the KDE CSS are obtained from. In fact, do not change | ||
31 | anything without checking on those pages whether it is wise to do so. | ||
32 | */ | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/kde-default.css b/doc/common/kde-default.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000..918840c --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/kde-default.css | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ | |||
1 | /* | ||
2 | KDE-wide default CSS for HTML documentation (all media types). | ||
3 | Copyright (C) 2000 Frederik Fouvry | ||
4 | |||
5 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
6 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
7 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or | ||
8 | (at your option) any later version. | ||
9 | |||
10 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
11 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
12 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
13 | GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
14 | |||
15 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
16 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | ||
17 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | ||
18 | |||
19 | Send comments, suggestions, etc. to Frederik Fouvry | ||
20 | <fouvry@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.de>. */ | ||
21 | |||
22 | /* | ||
23 | Important note: these setting may be overridden by localised CSS. Do not | ||
24 | add here any localisation-sensitive style declarations. | ||
25 | |||
26 | Any updates should be validated, e.g. http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/ */ | ||
27 | |||
28 | /* Note: "should be inherit" means that in a proper browser inherit should work. | ||
29 | Somehow Netscape manages to interpret "inherit" as bright green. | ||
30 | Yuck. */ | ||
31 | |||
32 | body { | ||
33 | background-color: white; | ||
34 | font-family: sans-serif; | ||
35 | padding: 0; | ||
36 | margin: 0; | ||
37 | } | ||
38 | |||
39 | .sect1, .chapter { | ||
40 | padding: 2em; | ||
41 | } | ||
42 | |||
43 | .chapter .sect1 { | ||
44 | padding: 0em; | ||
45 | } | ||
46 | |||
47 | /* Links in Navigation */ | ||
48 | |||
49 | .navLeft a:link, .navCenter :link, .navRight :link, .header a:link, .header a:visited, .bottom-nav a:link, .bottom-nav a:visited { | ||
50 | color: white; | ||
51 | background-color: #3E91EB; | ||
52 | font-weight: bold; | ||
53 | } | ||
54 | |||
55 | |||
56 | /* Nice link colors for the main text | ||
57 | Setting text-decoration seems to fix a nasty redraw problem in KHC */ | ||
58 | |||
59 | :link { color: rgb(170,0,0); | ||
60 | background-color: white; /* should be inherit */ } | ||
61 | :visited { color: rgb(170,0,85); | ||
62 | background-color: white; /* should be inherit */ } | ||
63 | :active { color: rgb(170,0,0); | ||
64 | background-color: white; /* should be inherit */ } | ||
65 | |||
66 | .navLeft { | ||
67 | text-align: left; | ||
68 | font-weight: bold; | ||
69 | padding-left: 0.5em; | ||
70 | background-color: #3E91EB; | ||
71 | } | ||
72 | |||
73 | .navRight { | ||
74 | text-align: right; | ||
75 | font-weight: bold; | ||
76 | padding-right: 0.5em; | ||
77 | } | ||
78 | |||
79 | .navCenter { | ||
80 | text-align: center; | ||
81 | font-weight: bold; | ||
82 | padding-left: 0.5em; | ||
83 | padding-right: 0.5em; | ||
84 | background-color: transparent; | ||
85 | } | ||
86 | |||
87 | .header { | ||
88 | font-size: small; | ||
89 | line-height: 1em; | ||
90 | padding-left: 1em; | ||
91 | vertical-align: middle; | ||
92 | background-color: #3E91EB; | ||
93 | color: white; | ||
94 | margin: 0; | ||
95 | padding: 0; | ||
96 | border-top: 1px solid white; | ||
97 | border-bottom: 1px solid #206dcd; | ||
98 | height: 1.7em; | ||
99 | } | ||
100 | |||
101 | .bottom-nav { | ||
102 | font-size: small; | ||
103 | line-height: 1em; | ||
104 | padding-left: 1em; | ||
105 | vertical-align: middle; | ||
106 | background-color: #3E91EB; | ||
107 | color: white; | ||
108 | margin: 0; | ||
109 | padding: 0; | ||
110 | border-top: 1px solid white; | ||
111 | padding-top: 10px; | ||
112 | border-bottom: 1px solid #206dcd; | ||
113 | height: 1.7em; | ||
114 | } | ||
115 | |||
116 | #logo { | ||
117 | background: url('help:/common/kde_logo_bg.png') transparent repeat; | ||
118 | } | ||
119 | |||
120 | |||
121 | /* A little bit of padding makes the tables for keybindings etc much easier to read */ | ||
122 | |||
123 | TABLE { padding: 5px; } | ||
124 | DT { margin-top: 1em; } | ||
125 | DIV.toc DT { margin-top: 0px; } | ||
126 | DIV.SCREENSHOT { margin-bottom: 1em; | ||
127 | margin-top: 1em; } | ||
128 | DIV.INFORMALEXAMPLE { border-style: dotted; | ||
129 | padding: 10px; } | ||
130 | |||
131 | /* But no padding for navigation elements */ | ||
132 | |||
133 | .toplogo, .navbackground, { padding: 0px; } | ||
134 | |||
135 | TABLE.programlisting | ||
136 | TABLE.screen { border-style: none; | ||
137 | background-color: rgb(224,224,224); | ||
138 | table-layout: auto; /* 100%? */ | ||
139 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
140 | } | ||
141 | |||
142 | /* Same as previous block, but more general (previous is HTML only) | ||
143 | Not all browsers understand this yet. | ||
144 | TABLE[class~=programlisting] | ||
145 | TABLE[class~=screen] { border-style: none; | ||
146 | background-color: rgb(224,224,224); | ||
147 | table-layout: auto; | ||
148 | color: inherit; | ||
149 | } | ||
150 | */ | ||
151 | |||
152 | P { text-align: justify; } | ||
153 | |||
154 | /* More specific settings */ | ||
155 | |||
156 | /* Temporary patch: browsers break on bad HTML */ | ||
157 | /* P, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, TD, TH { font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; | ||
158 | } */ | ||
159 | |||
160 | P, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, TD, TH { font-family: sans-serif; | ||
161 | } | ||
162 | |||
163 | /* Visual cues for GUI elements etc in the text */ | ||
164 | |||
165 | .guimenu, .guimenuitem, .guisubmenu { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
166 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
167 | } | ||
168 | |||
169 | .guilabel, .interface, .guibutton { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
170 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
171 | } | ||
172 | |||
173 | .shortcut { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
174 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
175 | } | ||
176 | |||
177 | .shortcut .keycap { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
178 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
179 | } | ||
180 | |||
181 | .question { font-weight: bolder; } | ||
182 | |||
183 | .accel { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
184 | color: rgb(0,0,0); | ||
185 | text-decoration: underline; | ||
186 | } | ||
187 | |||
188 | .option, .command { background-color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
189 | color: rgb(0,96,160); | ||
190 | font-weight: bold; | ||
191 | } | ||
192 | |||
193 | h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { color: rgb(82,80,82); | ||
194 | } | ||
195 | .arg, .parameter, .replaceable{ background-color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
196 | color: rgb(0,128,64); | ||
197 | font-style: italic; | ||
198 | } | ||
199 | |||
200 | DIV.mediaobject { /* float: right; */ | ||
201 | /* might make it much nicer. although someone has to | ||
202 | understand the rules ;-) You also don't want it to be | ||
203 | surrounded by text it doesn't refer to ... But that | ||
204 | may be among others a question of writing style. */ | ||
205 | text-align: center; /* a bit of a hack: it should | ||
206 | position _images_ */ | ||
207 | } | ||
208 | |||
209 | .caption { margin: 0em 2em 3em 2em; } | ||
210 | |||
211 | .inlinemediaobject { vertical-align: baseline; | ||
212 | padding-right: 1em; | ||
213 | padding-left: 1em; } | ||
214 | |||
215 | /* An idea that could be nice: a search engine looking for specific | ||
216 | classes could display them in some conspicuous colour. All that is | ||
217 | needed is an on the fly generated style element/style sheet. */ | ||
218 | |||
219 | /* Only used in the hand-made HTML license texts */ | ||
220 | BODY.license { background-color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
221 | text-align: justify; | ||
222 | color: rgb(0,0,0); | ||
223 | } | ||
224 | PRE.license { background-color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
225 | font-family: monospace; | ||
226 | color: rgb(0,0,0); | ||
227 | } | ||
228 | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/kde-web.css b/doc/common/kde-web.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c143105 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/kde-web.css | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ | |||
1 | /* | ||
2 | KDE-wide default CSS for HTML documentation (all media types). | ||
3 | Copyright (C) 2000 Frederik Fouvry | ||
4 | |||
5 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
6 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
7 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or | ||
8 | (at your option) any later version. | ||
9 | |||
10 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
11 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
12 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
13 | GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
14 | |||
15 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
16 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | ||
17 | Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | ||
18 | |||
19 | Send comments, suggestions, etc. to Frederik Fouvry | ||
20 | <fouvry@sfs.nphil.uni-tuebingen.de>. */ | ||
21 | |||
22 | /* | ||
23 | Important note: these setting may be overridden by localised CSS. Do not | ||
24 | add here any localisation-sensitive style declarations. | ||
25 | |||
26 | Any updates should be validated, e.g. http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/ */ | ||
27 | |||
28 | /* Note: "should be inherit" means that in a proper browser inherit should work. | ||
29 | Somehow Netscape manages to interpret "inherit" as bright green. | ||
30 | Yuck. */ | ||
31 | |||
32 | /* Make the main contents of the page not slide up under the top banner */ | ||
33 | |||
34 | /* #body_text { position: relative; | ||
35 | top: 100px; } */ | ||
36 | |||
37 | /* This is a horrible awful hack.. to once again fix the sliding | ||
38 | navigation problem. */ | ||
39 | |||
40 | body { background-color: white; | ||
41 | width: 596px; | ||
42 | color: black; | ||
43 | align: center;} | ||
44 | |||
45 | /* Nice link colors for the main text, and bottom navigation */ | ||
46 | |||
47 | :link { color: rgb(170,0,0); | ||
48 | background-color: white; /* should be inherit */ } | ||
49 | :visited { color: rgb(170,0,85); | ||
50 | background-color: white; /* should be inherit */ } | ||
51 | :active { color: rgb(170,0,0); | ||
52 | background-color: white; /* should be inherit */ } | ||
53 | |||
54 | /* Link colors for the top navigation */ | ||
55 | |||
56 | .left :link, .center :link, .right :link { color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
57 | background-color: rgb(82,80,82); } | ||
58 | |||
59 | .left :visited, .center :visited, .right :visited { color: rgb(186,182,186); | ||
60 | background-color: rgb(82,80,82); } | ||
61 | |||
62 | /* Giving this a background color breaks things, and it's not necessary for | ||
63 | either navigation or orientation.. so transparent */ | ||
64 | |||
65 | .center {color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
66 | background-color: transparent; } | ||
67 | |||
68 | |||
69 | :active {color: rgb(186,182,186); | ||
70 | background-color: transparent; } | ||
71 | |||
72 | /* A little bit of padding makes the tables for keybindings etc much easier to read */ | ||
73 | |||
74 | TABLE { padding: 5px; } | ||
75 | DT { margin-top: 1em; } | ||
76 | DIV.SCREENSHOT { margin-bottom: 1em; | ||
77 | margin-top: 1em; } | ||
78 | DIV.INFORMALEXAMPLE { border-style: dotted; | ||
79 | padding: 10px; } | ||
80 | |||
81 | /* But no padding for navigation elements */ | ||
82 | |||
83 | .shadow, .headline, .bulb, .end { padding: 0px; } | ||
84 | |||
85 | TABLE.programlisting | ||
86 | TABLE.screen { border-style: none; | ||
87 | background-color: rgb(224,224,224); | ||
88 | table-layout: auto; /* 100%? */ | ||
89 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
90 | } | ||
91 | |||
92 | /* Same as previous block, but more general (previous is HTML only) | ||
93 | Not all browsers understand this yet. | ||
94 | TABLE[class~=programlisting] | ||
95 | TABLE[class~=screen] { border-style: none; | ||
96 | background-color: rgb(224,224,224); | ||
97 | table-layout: auto; | ||
98 | color: inherit; | ||
99 | } | ||
100 | */ | ||
101 | |||
102 | P { text-align: justify; } | ||
103 | |||
104 | /* More specific settings */ | ||
105 | |||
106 | DIV.navbar P { text-align: right; } | ||
107 | |||
108 | /* Temporary patch: browsers break on bad HTML */ | ||
109 | /* P, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, TD, TH { font-family: Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif; | ||
110 | } */ | ||
111 | |||
112 | P, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, TD, TH { font-family: sans-serif; | ||
113 | } | ||
114 | |||
115 | |||
116 | |||
117 | /* Visual cues for GUI elements etc in the text */ | ||
118 | |||
119 | .guimenu, .guimenuitem, .guisubmenu { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
120 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
121 | } | ||
122 | |||
123 | .guilabel, .interface, .guibutton { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
124 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
125 | } | ||
126 | |||
127 | .shortcut { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
128 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
129 | } | ||
130 | |||
131 | .shortcut .keycap { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
132 | color: rgb(0,0,0); /* should be inherit */ | ||
133 | } | ||
134 | |||
135 | .question { font-weight: bolder; } | ||
136 | |||
137 | .accel { background-color: rgb(240,240,240); | ||
138 | color: rgb(0,0,0); | ||
139 | text-decoration: underline; | ||
140 | } | ||
141 | |||
142 | .option, .command { background-color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
143 | color: rgb(0,96,160); | ||
144 | font-weight: bold; | ||
145 | } | ||
146 | |||
147 | h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { color: rgb(82,80,82); | ||
148 | } | ||
149 | .arg, .parameter, .replaceable{ background-color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
150 | color: rgb(0,128,64); | ||
151 | font-style: italic; | ||
152 | } | ||
153 | |||
154 | DIV.mediaobject { /* float: right; */ | ||
155 | /* might make it much nicer. although someone has to | ||
156 | understand the rules ;-) You also don't want it to be | ||
157 | surrounded by text it doesn't refer to ... But that | ||
158 | may be among others a question of writing style. */ | ||
159 | text-align: center; /* a bit of a hack: it should | ||
160 | position _images_ */ | ||
161 | } | ||
162 | |||
163 | /* An idea that could be nice: a search engine looking for specific | ||
164 | classes could display them in some conspicuous colour. All that is | ||
165 | needed is an on the fly generated style element/style sheet. */ | ||
166 | |||
167 | /* Only used in the hand-made HTML license texts */ | ||
168 | BODY.license { background-color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
169 | text-align: justify; | ||
170 | color: rgb(0,0,0); | ||
171 | } | ||
172 | PRE.license { background-color: rgb(255,255,255); | ||
173 | font-family: monospace; | ||
174 | color: rgb(0,0,0); | ||
175 | } | ||
176 | |||
177 | .topbanner { background-repeat: no-repeat; | ||
178 | } \ No newline at end of file | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/kde_logo.png b/doc/common/kde_logo.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfa20b4 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/kde_logo.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/kde_logo_bg.png b/doc/common/kde_logo_bg.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b2bb2f --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/kde_logo_bg.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/kmenu.png b/doc/common/kmenu.png new file mode 100755 index 0000000..a680d44 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/kmenu.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/lgpl-license.html b/doc/common/lgpl-license.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3fba31 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/lgpl-license.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html40/strict.dtd"> | ||
3 | <HTML LANG="en-US"> | ||
4 | <HEAD> | ||
5 | <TITLE>GNU Lesser General Public License</TITLE> | ||
6 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> | ||
7 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Language" CONTENT="en-US"> | ||
8 | <META NAME="description" CONTENT="GNU lesser general public license (for inclusion in library distributions)"> | ||
9 | <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="gnu, Gnu, GNU, license, licence, software, free software, software license, software licence, GNU general public license, GNU General Public License, library licence, library license, software library, software libraries, GNU lesser general public license, GNU Lesser General Public License"> | ||
10 | <META NAME="robots" CONTENT="none"> | ||
11 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> | ||
12 | <LINK REL="stylesheet" HREF="kde-default.css" TYPE="text/css"> | ||
13 | </HEAD> | ||
14 | <BODY CLASS="license"> | ||
15 | <H1>GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE</H1> | ||
16 | <P>Version 2.1, February 1999</P> | ||
17 | |||
18 | <P>Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
19 | 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<BR> | ||
20 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
21 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</P> | ||
22 | |||
23 | <P>[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts | ||
24 | as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence | ||
25 | the version number 2.1.]</P> | ||
26 | |||
27 | <H2>Preamble</H2> | ||
28 | |||
29 | <P>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your | ||
30 | freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public | ||
31 | Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change | ||
32 | free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.</P> | ||
33 | |||
34 | <P>This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some | ||
35 | specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the | ||
36 | Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You | ||
37 | can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether | ||
38 | this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better | ||
39 | strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.</P> | ||
40 | |||
41 | <P>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, | ||
42 | not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that | ||
43 | you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge | ||
44 | for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get | ||
45 | it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of | ||
46 | it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do | ||
47 | these things.</P> | ||
48 | |||
49 | <P>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid | ||
50 | distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these | ||
51 | rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for | ||
52 | you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.</P> | ||
53 | |||
54 | <P>For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis | ||
55 | or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave | ||
56 | you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source | ||
57 | code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide | ||
58 | complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them | ||
59 | with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling | ||
60 | it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.</P> | ||
61 | |||
62 | <P>We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the | ||
63 | library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal | ||
64 | permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.</P> | ||
65 | |||
66 | <P>To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that | ||
67 | there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is | ||
68 | modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know | ||
69 | that what they have is not the original version, so that the original | ||
70 | author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be | ||
71 | introduced by others.</P> | ||
72 | |||
73 | <P>Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of | ||
74 | any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot | ||
75 | effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a | ||
76 | restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that | ||
77 | any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be | ||
78 | consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.</P> | ||
79 | |||
80 | <P>Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the | ||
81 | ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser | ||
82 | General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and | ||
83 | is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use | ||
84 | this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those | ||
85 | libraries into non-free programs.</P> | ||
86 | |||
87 | <P>When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using | ||
88 | a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a | ||
89 | combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary | ||
90 | General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the | ||
91 | entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General | ||
92 | Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with | ||
93 | the library.</P> | ||
94 | |||
95 | <P>We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it | ||
96 | does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General | ||
97 | Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less | ||
98 | of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages | ||
99 | are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many | ||
100 | libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain | ||
101 | special circumstances.</P> | ||
102 | |||
103 | <P>For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to | ||
104 | encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes | ||
105 | a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be | ||
106 | allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free | ||
107 | library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this | ||
108 | case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free | ||
109 | software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.</P> | ||
110 | |||
111 | <P>In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free | ||
112 | programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of | ||
113 | free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in | ||
114 | non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU | ||
115 | operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating | ||
116 | system.</P> | ||
117 | |||
118 | <P>Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the | ||
119 | users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is | ||
120 | linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run | ||
121 | that program using a modified version of the Library.</P> | ||
122 | |||
123 | <P>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and | ||
124 | modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a | ||
125 | "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The | ||
126 | former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must | ||
127 | be combined with the library in order to run.</P> | ||
128 | |||
129 | <H2>GNU Lesser General Public License<BR> | ||
130 | Terms And Conditions For Copying, Distribution And Modification</H2> | ||
131 | |||
132 | <P>0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other | ||
133 | program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or | ||
134 | other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of | ||
135 | this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). | ||
136 | Each licensee is addressed as "you".</P> | ||
137 | |||
138 | <P>A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data | ||
139 | prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs | ||
140 | (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.</P> | ||
141 | |||
142 | <P>The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work | ||
143 | which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the | ||
144 | Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under | ||
145 | copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a | ||
146 | portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated | ||
147 | straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is | ||
148 | included without limitation in the term "modification".)</P> | ||
149 | |||
150 | <P>"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for | ||
151 | making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means | ||
152 | all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated | ||
153 | interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation | ||
154 | and installation of the library.</P> | ||
155 | |||
156 | <P>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not | ||
157 | covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of | ||
158 | running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from | ||
159 | such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based | ||
160 | on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for | ||
161 | writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does | ||
162 | and what the program that uses the Library does.</P> | ||
163 | |||
164 | <P>1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's | ||
165 | complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that | ||
166 | you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an | ||
167 | appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact | ||
168 | all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any | ||
169 | warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the | ||
170 | Library.</P> | ||
171 | |||
172 | <P>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, | ||
173 | and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a | ||
174 | fee.</P> | ||
175 | |||
176 | <P>2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion | ||
177 | of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and | ||
178 | distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 | ||
179 | above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:</P> | ||
180 | |||
181 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
182 | <LI> | ||
183 | <P>The modified work must itself be a software library.</P> | ||
184 | </LI> | ||
185 | |||
186 | <LI> | ||
187 | <P>You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices | ||
188 | stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.</P> | ||
189 | </LI> | ||
190 | |||
191 | <LI> | ||
192 | <P>You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no | ||
193 | charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.</P> | ||
194 | </LI> | ||
195 | |||
196 | <LI> | ||
197 | <P>If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a | ||
198 | table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses | ||
199 | the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility | ||
200 | is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, | ||
201 | in the event an application does not supply such function or | ||
202 | table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of | ||
203 | its purpose remains meaningful.</P> | ||
204 | |||
205 | <P>(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has | ||
206 | a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the | ||
207 | application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any | ||
208 | application-supplied function or table used by this function must | ||
209 | be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square | ||
210 | root function must still compute square roots.)</P> | ||
211 | </LI> | ||
212 | </OL> | ||
213 | |||
214 | <P>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If | ||
215 | identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, | ||
216 | and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in | ||
217 | themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those | ||
218 | sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you | ||
219 | distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based | ||
220 | on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of | ||
221 | this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the | ||
222 | entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote | ||
223 | it.</P> | ||
224 | |||
225 | <P>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest | ||
226 | your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to | ||
227 | exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or | ||
228 | collective works based on the Library.</P> | ||
229 | |||
230 | <P>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library | ||
231 | with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of | ||
232 | a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under | ||
233 | the scope of this License.</P> | ||
234 | |||
235 | <P>3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public | ||
236 | License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do | ||
237 | this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so | ||
238 | that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, | ||
239 | instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the | ||
240 | ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify | ||
241 | that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in | ||
242 | these notices.</P> | ||
243 | |||
244 | <P>Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for | ||
245 | that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all | ||
246 | subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.</P> | ||
247 | |||
248 | <P>This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of | ||
249 | the Library into a program that is not a library.</P> | ||
250 | |||
251 | <P>4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or | ||
252 | derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form | ||
253 | under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany | ||
254 | it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which | ||
255 | must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a | ||
256 | medium customarily used for software interchange.</P> | ||
257 | |||
258 | <P>If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy | ||
259 | from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the | ||
260 | source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to | ||
261 | distribute the source code, even though third parties are not | ||
262 | compelled to copy the source along with the object code.</P> | ||
263 | |||
264 | <P>5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the | ||
265 | Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or | ||
266 | linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a | ||
267 | work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and | ||
268 | therefore falls outside the scope of this License.</P> | ||
269 | |||
270 | <P>However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library | ||
271 | creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it | ||
272 | contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the | ||
273 | library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. | ||
274 | Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.</P> | ||
275 | |||
276 | <P>When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file | ||
277 | that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a | ||
278 | derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. | ||
279 | Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be | ||
280 | linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The | ||
281 | threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.</P> | ||
282 | |||
283 | <P>If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data | ||
284 | structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline | ||
285 | functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object | ||
286 | file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative | ||
287 | work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the | ||
288 | Library will still fall under Section 6.)</P> | ||
289 | |||
290 | <P>Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may | ||
291 | distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. | ||
292 | Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, | ||
293 | whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.</P> | ||
294 | |||
295 | <P>6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or | ||
296 | link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a | ||
297 | work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work | ||
298 | under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit | ||
299 | modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse | ||
300 | engineering for debugging such modifications.</P> | ||
301 | |||
302 | <P>You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the | ||
303 | Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by | ||
304 | this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work | ||
305 | during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the | ||
306 | copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference | ||
307 | directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one | ||
308 | of these things:</P> | ||
309 | |||
310 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
311 | <LI> | ||
312 | <P>Accompany the work with the complete corresponding | ||
313 | machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever | ||
314 | changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under | ||
315 | Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked | ||
316 | with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that | ||
317 | uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the | ||
318 | user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified | ||
319 | executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood | ||
320 | that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the | ||
321 | Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application | ||
322 | to use the modified definitions.)</P> | ||
323 | </LI> | ||
324 | |||
325 | <LI> | ||
326 | <P>Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the | ||
327 | Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a | ||
328 | copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, | ||
329 | rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) | ||
330 | will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if | ||
331 | the user installs one, as long as the modified version is | ||
332 | interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.</P> | ||
333 | </LI> | ||
334 | |||
335 | <LI> | ||
336 | <P>Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at | ||
337 | least three years, to give the same user the materials | ||
338 | specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more | ||
339 | than the cost of performing this distribution.</P> | ||
340 | </LI> | ||
341 | |||
342 | <LI> | ||
343 | <P>If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy | ||
344 | from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above | ||
345 | specified materials from the same place.</P> | ||
346 | </LI> | ||
347 | |||
348 | <LI> | ||
349 | <P>Verify that the user has already received a copy of these | ||
350 | materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.</P> | ||
351 | </LI> | ||
352 | </OL> | ||
353 | |||
354 | <P>For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the | ||
355 | Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for | ||
356 | reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, | ||
357 | the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is | ||
358 | normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major | ||
359 | components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on | ||
360 | which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies | ||
361 | the executable.</P> | ||
362 | |||
363 | <P>It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license | ||
364 | restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally | ||
365 | accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot | ||
366 | use both them and the Library together in an executable that you | ||
367 | distribute.</P> | ||
368 | |||
369 | <P>7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the | ||
370 | Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library | ||
371 | facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined | ||
372 | library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on | ||
373 | the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise | ||
374 | permitted, and provided that you do these two things:</P> | ||
375 | |||
376 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
377 | <LI> | ||
378 | <P>Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work | ||
379 | based on the Library, uncombined with any other library | ||
380 | facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the | ||
381 | Sections above.</P> | ||
382 | </LI> | ||
383 | |||
384 | <LI> | ||
385 | <P>Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact | ||
386 | that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining | ||
387 | where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.</P> | ||
388 | </LI> | ||
389 | </OL> | ||
390 | |||
391 | <P>8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute | ||
392 | the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any | ||
393 | attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or | ||
394 | distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your | ||
395 | rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, | ||
396 | or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses | ||
397 | terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</P> | ||
398 | |||
399 | <P>9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not | ||
400 | signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or | ||
401 | distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are | ||
402 | prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by | ||
403 | modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the | ||
404 | Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and | ||
405 | all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying | ||
406 | the Library or works based on it.</P> | ||
407 | |||
408 | <P>10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the | ||
409 | Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the | ||
410 | original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library | ||
411 | subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further | ||
412 | restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. | ||
413 | You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with | ||
414 | this License.</P> | ||
415 | |||
416 | <P>11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent | ||
417 | infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), | ||
418 | conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or | ||
419 | otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not | ||
420 | excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot | ||
421 | distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this | ||
422 | License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you | ||
423 | may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent | ||
424 | license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by | ||
425 | all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then | ||
426 | the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to | ||
427 | refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.</P> | ||
428 | |||
429 | <P>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any | ||
430 | particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, | ||
431 | and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.</P> | ||
432 | |||
433 | <P>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any | ||
434 | patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any | ||
435 | such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the | ||
436 | integrity of the free software distribution system which is | ||
437 | implemented by public license practices. Many people have made | ||
438 | generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed | ||
439 | through that system in reliance on consistent application of that | ||
440 | system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing | ||
441 | to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot | ||
442 | impose that choice.</P> | ||
443 | |||
444 | <P>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to | ||
445 | be a consequence of the rest of this License.</P> | ||
446 | |||
447 | <P>12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in | ||
448 | certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the | ||
449 | original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add | ||
450 | an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, | ||
451 | so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus | ||
452 | excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if | ||
453 | written in the body of this License.</P> | ||
454 | |||
455 | <P>13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new | ||
456 | versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. | ||
457 | Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, | ||
458 | but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.</P> | ||
459 | |||
460 | <P>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library | ||
461 | specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and | ||
462 | "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and | ||
463 | conditions either of that version or of any later version published by | ||
464 | the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a | ||
465 | license version number, you may choose any version ever published by | ||
466 | the Free Software Foundation.</P> | ||
467 | |||
468 | <P>14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free | ||
469 | programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, | ||
470 | write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is | ||
471 | copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free | ||
472 | Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our | ||
473 | decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status | ||
474 | of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing | ||
475 | and reuse of software generally.</P> | ||
476 | |||
477 | <H2>No Warranty</H2> | ||
478 | |||
479 | <P>15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO | ||
480 | WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. | ||
481 | EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR | ||
482 | OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY | ||
483 | KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE | ||
484 | IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR | ||
485 | PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE | ||
486 | LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME | ||
487 | THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</P> | ||
488 | |||
489 | <P>16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN | ||
490 | WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY | ||
491 | AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU | ||
492 | FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR | ||
493 | CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE | ||
494 | LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING | ||
495 | RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A | ||
496 | FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF | ||
497 | SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH | ||
498 | DAMAGES.</P> | ||
499 | |||
500 | <DIV STYLE="text-align: center;">END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</DIV> | ||
501 | </BODY> | ||
502 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/mainfooter.html b/doc/common/mainfooter.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4963c31 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/mainfooter.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ | |||
1 | </div> | ||
2 | <div id="bottom-nav"> | ||
3 | <img src="common/bottom2.png" align="right" height="59" width="227" alt="KDE Logo"> | ||
4 | </div> | ||
5 | <div class="bottom"> | ||
6 | This file is part of the documentation for OPIE $projectnumber. | ||
7 | </div> | ||
8 | <div class="bottom" style="color:#cccccc"> | ||
9 | Documentation copyright © 1996-2002 the KDE developers. 2003 OPIE developers<br> | ||
10 | Generated on $datetime by | ||
11 | <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">doxygen</a> $doxygenversion written by <a href="mailto:dimitri@stack.nl">Dimitri van Heesch</a>, © 1997-2001 | ||
12 | </div> | ||
13 | </body> | ||
14 | </html> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/mainheader.html b/doc/common/mainheader.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..1d9d926 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/mainheader.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN"> | ||
2 | <html> | ||
3 | <head> | ||
4 | <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> | ||
5 | <title>$title ($projectname)</title> | ||
6 | <link href="common/doxygen.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css"> | ||
7 | </head> | ||
8 | <div class="header"> | ||
9 | <table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"> | ||
10 | <tr> | ||
11 | <td rowspan="2" width="92"> | ||
12 | <a href="index.html" title="The API documentation main page"><img src="common/docheadergears.png" style="border:0px;" alt=""></a> | ||
13 | </td> | ||
14 | <td width="95%"> | ||
15 | <h1>$projectname</h1> | ||
16 | </td> | ||
17 | </tr> | ||
18 | <tr> | ||
19 | <td valign="bottom"> | ||
20 | <table class="links" border=0 cellspacing=0> | ||
21 | <tr> | ||
22 | <td><a href="index.html">Home</a></td> | ||
23 | <td><a href="search.html" title="Search page">Search</a></td> | ||
24 | </tr> | ||
25 | </table> | ||
26 | </td></tr></table> | ||
27 | </div> | ||
28 | <div id="hgrad"></div> | ||
29 | <div class="text"> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/qpl-license.html b/doc/common/qpl-license.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..19a863b --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/qpl-license.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html40/strict.dtd"> | ||
3 | <HTML LANG="en-US"> | ||
4 | <HEAD> | ||
5 | <TITLE>The Q Public License - version 1.0</TITLE> | ||
6 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> | ||
7 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Language" CONTENT="en-US"> | ||
8 | <META NAME="description" CONTENT="Q Public License"> | ||
9 | <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="Q, q, Q Public License, Q public license, q public license, public license, Q Public Licence, Q public licence, q public licence, public licence, license, licence, software, softwarelicense, Troll, troll, Troll License, troll license, Troll Licence, troll licence"> | ||
10 | <META NAME="robots" CONTENT="none"> | ||
11 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> | ||
12 | <LINK REL="stylesheet" HREF="kde-default.css" TYPE="text/css"> | ||
13 | </HEAD> | ||
14 | <BODY CLASS="license"> | ||
15 | <H1>The Q Public License</H1> | ||
16 | <P>version 1.0</P> | ||
17 | |||
18 | <P>Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Troll Tech AS, Norway.<BR> | ||
19 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute this license | ||
20 | document. | ||
21 | </P> | ||
22 | |||
23 | <P>The intent of this license is to establish freedom to share and | ||
24 | change the software regulated by this license under the open | ||
25 | source model.</P> | ||
26 | |||
27 | <P>This license applies to any software containing a notice placed | ||
28 | by the copyright holder saying that it may be distributed under | ||
29 | the terms of the Q Public License version 1.0. Such software is | ||
30 | herein referred to as the Software. This license covers | ||
31 | modification and distribution of the Software, use of | ||
32 | third-party application programs based on the Software, and | ||
33 | development of free software which uses the Software.</P> | ||
34 | |||
35 | <H2>Granted Rights</H2> | ||
36 | |||
37 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: decimal;"> | ||
38 | <LI> | ||
39 | <P>You are granted the non-exclusive rights set forth in this | ||
40 | license provided you agree to and comply with any and all | ||
41 | conditions in this license. Whole or partial distribution | ||
42 | of the Software, or software items that link with the | ||
43 | Software, in any form signifies acceptance of this | ||
44 | license.</P> | ||
45 | </LI> | ||
46 | |||
47 | <LI> | ||
48 | <P>You may copy and distribute the Software in unmodified form | ||
49 | provided that the entire package, including - but not | ||
50 | restricted to - copyright, trademark notices and | ||
51 | disclaimers, as released by the initial developer of the | ||
52 | Software, is distributed.</P></LI> | ||
53 | |||
54 | <LI> | ||
55 | <P>You may make modifications to the Software and distribute | ||
56 | your modifications, in a form that is separate from the | ||
57 | Software, such as patches. The following restrictions apply | ||
58 | to modifications:</P> | ||
59 | |||
60 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
61 | <LI> | ||
62 | <P>Modifications must not alter or remove any copyright | ||
63 | notices in the Software.</P></LI> | ||
64 | <LI> | ||
65 | <P>When modifications to the Software are released under | ||
66 | this license, a non-exclusive royalty-free right is | ||
67 | granted to the initial developer of the Software to | ||
68 | distribute your modification in future versions of the | ||
69 | Software provided such versions remain available under | ||
70 | these terms in addition to any other license(s) of the | ||
71 | initial developer.</P> | ||
72 | </LI> | ||
73 | </OL> | ||
74 | |||
75 | <LI> | ||
76 | <P>You may distribute machine-executable forms of the Software | ||
77 | or machine-executable forms of modified versions of the | ||
78 | Software, provided that you meet these restrictions:</P> | ||
79 | |||
80 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
81 | <LI> | ||
82 | <P>You must include this license document in the | ||
83 | distribution.</P> | ||
84 | </LI> | ||
85 | |||
86 | <LI> | ||
87 | <P>You must ensure that all recipients of the | ||
88 | machine-executable forms are also able to receive the | ||
89 | complete machine-readable source code to the distributed | ||
90 | Software, including all modifications, without any | ||
91 | charge beyond the costs of data transfer, and place | ||
92 | prominent notices in the distribution explaining | ||
93 | this.</P> | ||
94 | </LI> | ||
95 | |||
96 | <LI> | ||
97 | <P>You must ensure that all modifications included in the | ||
98 | machine-executable forms are available under the terms | ||
99 | of this license.</P> | ||
100 | </LI> | ||
101 | </OL> | ||
102 | </LI> | ||
103 | |||
104 | <LI> | ||
105 | <P>You may use the original or modified versions of the | ||
106 | Software to compile, link and run application programs | ||
107 | legally developed by you or by others.</P> | ||
108 | </LI> | ||
109 | |||
110 | <LI> | ||
111 | <P>You may develop application programs, reusable components | ||
112 | and other software items that link with the original or | ||
113 | modified versions of the Software. These items, when | ||
114 | distributed, are subject to the following requirements:</P> | ||
115 | |||
116 | <OL STYLE="list-style-type: lower-alpha;"> | ||
117 | <LI> | ||
118 | <P>You must ensure that all recipients of | ||
119 | machine-executable forms of these items are also able to | ||
120 | receive and use the complete machine-readable source | ||
121 | code to the items without any charge beyond the costs of | ||
122 | data transfer.</P> | ||
123 | </LI> | ||
124 | |||
125 | <LI> | ||
126 | <P>You must explicitly license all recipients of your | ||
127 | items to use and re-distribute original and modified | ||
128 | versions of the items in both machine-executable and | ||
129 | source code forms. The recipients must be able to do so | ||
130 | without any charges whatsoever, and they must be able to | ||
131 | re-distribute to anyone they choose.</P> | ||
132 | </LI> | ||
133 | |||
134 | <LI> | ||
135 | <P>If the items are not available to the general public, | ||
136 | and the initial developer of the Software requests a | ||
137 | copy of the items, then you must supply one.</P> | ||
138 | </LI> | ||
139 | </OL> | ||
140 | </LI> | ||
141 | </OL> | ||
142 | |||
143 | <H2>Limitations of Liability</H2> | ||
144 | |||
145 | <P>In no event shall the initial developers or copyright holders | ||
146 | be liable for any damages whatsoever, including - but not | ||
147 | restricted to - lost revenue or profits or other direct, | ||
148 | indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, even if | ||
149 | they have been advised of the possibility of such damages, | ||
150 | except to the extent invariable law, if any, provides | ||
151 | otherwise.</P> | ||
152 | |||
153 | <H2>No Warranty</H2> | ||
154 | |||
155 | <P>The Software and this license document are provided AS IS with | ||
156 | NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE WARRANTY OF DESIGN, | ||
157 | MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.</P> | ||
158 | |||
159 | <H2>Choice of Law</H2> | ||
160 | |||
161 | <P>This license is governed by the Laws of Norway. Disputes shall | ||
162 | be settled by Oslo City Court.</P> | ||
163 | </BODY> | ||
164 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/shadow.png b/doc/common/shadow.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37c4469 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/shadow.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/web-docbottom.png b/doc/common/web-docbottom.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d334479 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/web-docbottom.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/web-doctop.png b/doc/common/web-doctop.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0160109 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/web-doctop.png | |||
Binary files differ | |||
diff --git a/doc/common/x11-license.html b/doc/common/x11-license.html new file mode 100755 index 0000000..444a27b --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/x11-license.html | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.w3.org/TR/html40/strict.dtd"> | ||
3 | <HTML LANG="en-US"> | ||
4 | <HEAD> | ||
5 | <TITLE>X Window System License - X11R6.4</TITLE> | ||
6 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> | ||
7 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Language" CONTENT="en-US"> | ||
8 | <META NAME="description" CONTENT="X Window System License - X11R6.4"> | ||
9 | <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="X, x, X Window, x window, X Windows, x windows, X Window System License, x window system license, X Window System Licence, x window system licence, X11R6.4, x11r6.4, x11r64, license, licence, software, softwarelicense"> | ||
10 | <META NAME="robots" CONTENT="none"> | ||
11 | <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css"> | ||
12 | <LINK REL="stylesheet" HREF="kde-default.css" TYPE="text/css"> | ||
13 | </HEAD> | ||
14 | <BODY CLASS="license"> | ||
15 | <H1>X Window System License - X11R6.4</H1> | ||
16 | |||
17 | <P>Copyright (c) 1998 The Open Group</P> | ||
18 | |||
19 | <P>Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person | ||
20 | obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files | ||
21 | (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, | ||
22 | including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, | ||
23 | publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, | ||
24 | and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, | ||
25 | subject to the following conditions:</P> | ||
26 | |||
27 | <P>The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be | ||
28 | included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.</P> | ||
29 | |||
30 | <P>THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, | ||
31 | EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF | ||
32 | MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. | ||
33 | IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR | ||
34 | OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, | ||
35 | ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR | ||
36 | OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.</P> | ||
37 | |||
38 | <P>Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group | ||
39 | shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use | ||
40 | or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization | ||
41 | from The Open Group.</P> | ||
42 | |||
43 | <P>X Window System is a trademark of The Open Group</P> | ||
44 | </BODY> | ||
45 | </HTML> | ||
diff --git a/doc/common/xml.dcl b/doc/common/xml.dcl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fed2103 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/common/xml.dcl | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ | |||
1 | <!SGML -- SGML Declaration for valid XML documents -- | ||
2 | "ISO 8879:1986 (WWW)" | ||
3 | |||
4 | CHARSET | ||
5 | BASESET | ||
6 | "ISO Registration Number 176//CHARSET | ||
7 | ISO/IEC 10646-1:1993 UCS-4 with implementation | ||
8 | level 3//ESC 2/5 2/15 4/6" | ||
9 | DESCSET | ||
10 | 0 9 UNUSED | ||
11 | 9 2 9 | ||
12 | 11 2 UNUSED | ||
13 | 13 1 13 | ||
14 | 14 18 UNUSED | ||
15 | 32 95 32 | ||
16 | 127 1 UNUSED | ||
17 | 128 32 UNUSED | ||
18 | -- use this instead of the official declaration because SP only | ||
19 | supports 16-bit characters -- | ||
20 | 160 65374 160 | ||
21 | 65534 2 UNUSED | ||
22 | -- 55296 2048 UNUSED | ||
23 | 57344 8190 57344 | ||
24 | 65534 2 UNUSED | ||
25 | 65536 1048576 65536 -- | ||
26 | CAPACITY NONE | ||
27 | |||
28 | SCOPE DOCUMENT | ||
29 | |||
30 | SYNTAX | ||
31 | SHUNCHAR NONE | ||
32 | BASESET "ISO Registration Number 176//CHARSET | ||
33 | ISO/IEC 10646-1:1993 UCS-4 with implementation | ||
34 | level 3//ESC 2/5 2/15 4/6" | ||
35 | DESCSET | ||
36 | 0 1114112 0 | ||
37 | FUNCTION | ||
38 | RE 13 | ||
39 | RS 10 | ||
40 | SPACE 32 | ||
41 | TAB SEPCHAR 9 | ||
42 | |||
43 | NAMING | ||
44 | LCNMSTRT "" | ||
45 | UCNMSTRT "" | ||
46 | NAMESTRT | ||
47 | 58 95 192-214 216-246 248-305 308-318 321-328 | ||
48 | 330-382 384-451 461-496 500-501 506-535 592-680 | ||
49 | 699-705 902 904-906 908 910-929 931-974 976-982 | ||
50 | 986 988 990 992 994-1011 1025-1036 1038-1103 | ||
51 | 1105-1116 1118-1153 1168-1220 1223-1224 | ||
52 | 1227-1228 1232-1259 1262-1269 1272-1273 | ||
53 | 1329-1366 1369 1377-1414 1488-1514 1520-1522 | ||
54 | 1569-1594 1601-1610 1649-1719 1722-1726 | ||
55 | 1728-1742 1744-1747 1749 1765-1766 2309-2361 | ||
56 | 2365 2392-2401 2437-2444 2447-2448 2451-2472 | ||
57 | 2474-2480 2482 2486-2489 2524-2525 2527-2529 | ||
58 | 2544-2545 2565-2570 2575-2576 2579-2600 | ||
59 | 2602-2608 2610-2611 2613-2614 2616-2617 | ||
60 | 2649-2652 2654 2674-2676 2693-2699 2701 | ||
61 | 2703-2705 2707-2728 2730-2736 2738-2739 | ||
62 | 2741-2745 2749 2784 2821-2828 2831-2832 | ||
63 | 2835-2856 2858-2864 2866-2867 2870-2873 2877 | ||
64 | 2908-2909 2911-2913 2949-2954 2958-2960 | ||
65 | 2962-2965 2969-2970 2972 2974-2975 2979-2980 | ||
66 | 2984-2986 2990-2997 2999-3001 3077-3084 | ||
67 | 3086-3088 3090-3112 3114-3123 3125-3129 | ||
68 | 3168-3169 3205-3212 3214-3216 3218-3240 | ||
69 | 3242-3251 3253-3257 3294 3296-3297 3333-3340 | ||
70 | 3342-3344 3346-3368 3370-3385 3424-3425 | ||
71 | 3585-3630 3632 3634-3635 3648-3653 3713-3714 | ||
72 | 3716 3719-3720 3722 3725 3732-3735 3737-3743 | ||
73 | 3745-3747 3749 3751 3754-3755 3757-3758 3760 | ||
74 | 3762-3763 3773 3776-3780 3904-3911 3913-3945 | ||
75 | 4256-4293 4304-4342 4352 4354-4355 4357-4359 | ||
76 | 4361 4363-4364 4366-4370 4412 4414 4416 4428 | ||
77 | 4430 4432 4436-4437 4441 4447-4449 4451 4453 | ||
78 | 4455 4457 4461-4462 4466-4467 4469 4510 4520 | ||
79 | 4523 4526-4527 4535-4536 4538 4540-4546 4587 | ||
80 | 4592 4601 7680-7835 7840-7929 7936-7957 | ||
81 | 7960-7965 7968-8005 8008-8013 8016-8023 8025 | ||
82 | 8027 8029 8031-8061 8064-8116 8118-8124 8126 | ||
83 | 8130-8132 8134-8140 8144-8147 8150-8155 | ||
84 | 8160-8172 8178-8180 8182-8188 8486 8490-8491 | ||
85 | 8494 8576-8578 12295 12321-12329 12353-12436 | ||
86 | 12449-12538 12549-12588 19968-40869 44032-55203 | ||
87 | |||
88 | LCNMCHAR "" | ||
89 | UCNMCHAR "" | ||
90 | NAMECHAR | ||
91 | 45-46 183 720-721 768-837 864-865 903 1155-1158 | ||
92 | 1425-1441 1443-1465 1467-1469 1471 1473-1474 | ||
93 | 1476 1600 1611-1618 1632-1641 1648 1750-1764 | ||
94 | 1767-1768 1770-1773 1776-1785 2305-2307 2364 | ||
95 | 2366-2381 2385-2388 2402-2403 2406-2415 | ||
96 | 2433-2435 2492 2494-2500 2503-2504 2507-2509 | ||
97 | 2519 2530-2531 2534-2543 2562 2620 2622-2626 | ||
98 | 2631-2632 2635-2637 2662-2673 2689-2691 2748 | ||
99 | 2750-2757 2759-2761 2763-2765 2790-2799 | ||
100 | 2817-2819 2876 2878-2883 2887-2888 2891-2893 | ||
101 | 2902-2903 2918-2927 2946-2947 3006-3010 | ||
102 | 3014-3016 3018-3021 3031 3047-3055 3073-3075 | ||
103 | 3134-3140 3142-3144 3146-3149 3157-3158 | ||
104 | 3174-3183 3202-3203 3262-3268 3270-3272 | ||
105 | 3274-3277 3285-3286 3302-3311 3330-3331 | ||
106 | 3390-3395 3398-3400 3402-3405 3415 3430-3439 | ||
107 | 3633 3636-3642 3654-3662 3664-3673 3761 | ||
108 | 3764-3769 3771-3772 3782 3784-3789 3792-3801 | ||
109 | 3864-3865 3872-3881 3893 3895 3897 3902-3903 | ||
110 | 3953-3972 3974-3979 3984-3989 3991 3993-4013 | ||
111 | 4017-4023 4025 8400-8412 8417 12293 12330-12335 | ||
112 | 12337-12341 12441-12442 12445-12446 12540-12542 | ||
113 | |||
114 | NAMECASE | ||
115 | GENERAL NO | ||
116 | ENTITY NO | ||
117 | |||
118 | DELIM | ||
119 | GENERAL SGMLREF | ||
120 | HCRO "&#x" -- 38 is the number for ampersand -- | ||
121 | NESTC "/" | ||
122 | NET ">" | ||
123 | PIC "?>" | ||
124 | SHORTREF NONE | ||
125 | |||
126 | NAMES | ||
127 | SGMLREF | ||
128 | |||
129 | QUANTITY NONE | ||
130 | |||
131 | ENTITIES | ||
132 | "amp" 38 | ||
133 | "lt" 60 | ||
134 | "gt" 62 | ||
135 | "quot" 34 | ||
136 | "apos" 39 | ||
137 | |||
138 | FEATURES | ||
139 | MINIMIZE | ||
140 | DATATAG NO | ||
141 | OMITTAG NO | ||
142 | RANK NO | ||
143 | SHORTTAG | ||
144 | STARTTAG | ||
145 | EMPTY NO | ||
146 | UNCLOSED NO | ||
147 | NETENABL IMMEDNET | ||
148 | ENDTAG | ||
149 | EMPTY NO | ||
150 | UNCLOSED NO | ||
151 | ATTRIB | ||
152 | DEFAULT YES | ||
153 | OMITNAME NO | ||
154 | VALUE NO | ||
155 | EMPTYNRM YES | ||
156 | IMPLYDEF | ||
157 | ATTLIST NO | ||
158 | DOCTYPE NO | ||
159 | ELEMENT NO | ||
160 | ENTITY NO | ||
161 | NOTATION NO | ||
162 | LINK | ||
163 | SIMPLE NO | ||
164 | IMPLICIT NO | ||
165 | EXPLICIT NO | ||
166 | OTHER | ||
167 | CONCUR NO | ||
168 | SUBDOC NO | ||
169 | FORMAL NO | ||
170 | URN NO | ||
171 | KEEPRSRE YES | ||
172 | VALIDITY TYPE | ||
173 | ENTITIES | ||
174 | REF ANY | ||
175 | INTEGRAL YES | ||
176 | APPINFO NONE | ||
177 | SEEALSO "ISO 8879:1986//NOTATION | ||
178 | Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0//EN" | ||
179 | > | ||
diff --git a/doc/generate_apidox b/doc/generate_apidox new file mode 100755 index 0000000..db77e20 --- a/dev/null +++ b/doc/generate_apidox | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ | |||
1 | #!/bin/sh | ||
2 | |||
3 | # small shell script to generate our API docs | ||
4 | # it'll copy over qt | ||
5 | |||
6 | # | ||
7 | # create directory structure | ||
8 | echo "Creating directory structure" | ||
9 | rm -rf $OPIEDIR/apidocs | ||
10 | mkdir $OPIEDIR/apidocs | ||
11 | mkdir $OPIEDIR/apidocs/api | ||
12 | mkdir $OPIEDIR/apidocs/common | ||
13 | mkdir $OPIEDIR/apidocs/qt | ||
14 | mkdir $OPIEDIR/apidocs/libqpe | ||
15 | mkdir $OPIEDIR/apidocs/libopie | ||
16 | mkdir $OPIEDIR/apidocs/pim | ||
17 | |||
18 | # now copy qt doc | ||
19 | echo "Scanning and copying QT docu" | ||
20 | cp -R $QTDIR/doc/html/* $OPIEDIR/apidocs/qt | ||
21 | doxytag -t $OPIEDIR/apidocs/qt/qt.tag $OPIEDIR/apidocs/qt | ||
22 | |||
23 | cp -r $OPIEDIR/doc/common/* $OPIEDIR/apidocs/common | ||
24 | # now start with libqpe | ||
25 | echo "Creating docu for qpe" | ||
26 | cp $OPIEDIR/doc/Doxyfile_libqpe $OPIEDIR/library/Doxyfile | ||
27 | cd $OPIEDIR/library | ||
28 | doxygen Doxyfile | ||
29 | rm -f Doxyfile | ||
30 | |||
31 | # now do libopie | ||
32 | echo "Creating docu for libopie" | ||
33 | cp $OPIEDIR/doc/Doxyfile_libopie $OPIEDIR/libopie/Doxyfile | ||
34 | cd $OPIEDIR/libopie | ||
35 | doxygen Doxyfile | ||
36 | rm -f Doxyfile | ||
37 | |||
38 | echo "Creating docu for PIM" | ||
39 | # now it's time for libopie/pim | ||
40 | cp $OPIEDIR/doc/Doxyfile_pim $OPIEDIR/libopie/pim/Doxyfile | ||
41 | cd $OPIEDIR/libopie/pim | ||
42 | doxygen Doxyfile | ||
43 | rm -f Doxyfile | ||
44 | |||
45 | echo "Making mainpage" | ||
46 | # now generate the mainpage | ||
47 | cp $OPIEDIR/doc/Doxyfile_main $OPIEDIR/Doxyfile | ||
48 | cp $OPIEDIR/doc/Mainpage.dox $OPIEDIR/ | ||
49 | cd $OPIEDIR | ||
50 | doxygen Doxyfile | ||
51 | rm -f Doxyfile | ||
52 | rm -f Mainpage.dox | ||
53 | |||
54 | echo "Done with generation!!! hopefully grin" | ||